Specifications | Ariston K3E1/IR Oven User Manual

Service Reference Manual
HWC Thru-the-Wall Units
Models:
HWC Premier
122, 182, 242, 302
123, 183, 243, 303
Copyright © 1998
Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc.
All rights reserved.
Disclaimer
This manual presents information and guidelines for proper installation, adjustment, operation
and maintenance of Armstrong Magic-Pak HW/HWC Thru-the-Wall units. Read this manual
before attempting assembly, installation, start-up, adjustment or operation of the unit. If you have
any questions about the operation of the unit or a particular safety device, call or write Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc., 421 Monroe Street, Bellevue, Ohio USA 44811. Telephone: 419483-4840 Fax: 419-483-3557
The documentation and drawings contained in this manual are intended as a general guide, and
may not reflect exactly the current designs, or all of the options available to our customers.
Please call or write Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. regarding specific details of a particular
furnace model, configuration or installation.
The information and specifications contained in this manual are subject to change without notice. Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. reserves the right to change such specifications at any time
without incurring obligation. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this manual. For the most current information, please contact the Armstrong Customer
Service Department.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
This document is confidential. All information within is the sole property of Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. and is loaned for mutual assistance. It may not be used for any purpose other than
originally intended, without prior written consent of Armstrong. It is not intended for use by
homeowners or as a guide for do-it-yourself projects. It provides specialized information for use
by qualified service personnel, who have the proper equipment, training and experience necessary to safely install, repair, adjust and maintain the Magic-Pak units and components described
within.
Service Reference Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 - Specifications
2 - Sequence of Operations
3 - Unit Tear Down
4 - Component Location Illustrations
5 - Unit Components
6 - Installation
7 - Accessories
8 - Parts Lists
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
9 - Troubleshooting/Performance/
Charge Weights
Go to:
If you need information on:
Section 1
Performance, electrical data and cabinet dimensions.
Section 2
Sequence of operation descriptions with accompanying schematics.
Section 3
Complete description of unit disassembly.
Section 4
Locations of major components of HW/HWC models.
Section 5
Illustrations and specifications for individual components including valves,
blowers, ignition controls and blower control boards.
Section 6
Installation requirements and startup guidelines.
Section 7
Complete listing of all Armstrong accessories available, including wall
sleeves, louvers and gas conversion kits.
Section 8
Complete service parts lists for all HW and HWC models.
Section 9
System check and troubleshooting procedures.
Service Reference Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
1-1
Section 1 - Specifications
Models Covered By This Manual ............ 1-2
Model Number Guide ............................ 1-2
Product Serial Numbers
(Beginning 1993) ................................. 1-2
Summary of Model Revisions/Variations 1-3
Heating Configuration Table ........................ 1-3
Cooling Configuration Table ......................... 1-3
HW/HWC ............................................ 1-4
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Physical and Electrical ................................
Performance Ratings ..................................
Blower Performance ...................................
Dimensions ................................................
Wall Sleeve ................................................
1-4
1-4
1-6
1-6
1-7
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
1-2
Models Covered By This Manual
HWC Gas Heating/Electric Cooling Units
HW122, 123
HW182,183
HW242, 243
HW302, 303
HW Gas Heating Only Units
26HW
38HW
51HW
64HW
Model Number Guide
HW/HWC Models
26
H
W
C
12
2 --
2A
26 = Rated Input BTU/Hr x 1000
H = Gas Heat
W = Thru-the-Wall
C = Cooling
12 = Nominal Cooling BTU/Hr x 1000
2 = Cooling Efficiency 2 - 9.7 SEER
2A = Revision Code
Product Serial Numbers, Beginning 1993
84
95
A
12345
84 = Armstrong Factory Number
95 = Year (ex: 1995)
A = Month (see list below)
12345 = Sequential Number
B = Feb
C = Mar
D = Apr
E = May
F = June
G = July
H = Aug
J = Sept
K = Oct
L = Nov
M = Dec
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
A = Jan
Service Reference Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
1-3
Summary of Model Revisions/Variations
Table 1-1 Heating Configurations of HW/HWC Units
Model
Configuration AFUE
Ignition/Blower Control
Ignition
Type
(All) HWC (123, 183, 243, 303) -1
Gas Heat/
Electric Cool
80
UTech Combination Ignition/Blower Control 1097
DSI
(All) HW -9
Gas Heat Only
80
UTech Combination Ignition/Blower Control 1097
DSI
(All) HWC (122, 182, 242, 302)
-11, -10, -9, -8, -7, -6, -5
Gas Heat/
Electric Cool
80
Ignition Control: Fenwal Triton 2461D
Blower Control: Heatcraft IBCH4C401,
Tridelta 920B0048 or UTech 1010
DSI
(All) HWC (122, 182, 242, 302)
-4, -3, -2, -1
Gas Heat/
Electric Cool
80
Ignition Control: Fenwal 05-29
Blower Control: Heatcraft IBCH4C401,
Tridelta 920B0048 or UTech 1010
DSI
Table 1-2 Cooling Configurations of HWC Units
Model
Configuration
Tonnage
SEER
Compressor Type*
Metering Device
(All) HWC 123-1
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
1
9.7
Tecumseh Rotary
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC183-1
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
1.5
9.7
Tecumseh
Reciprocating
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 243-1
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
2
9.7
Copeland Scroll
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 303-1
Gas HeatElectric Cool
2.5
9.7
Copeland Scroll
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 182-11, 9, -7, -6
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
1.5
9.7
Tecumseh
Reciprocating
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 242-11, -9
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
2
9.7
Copeland Scroll
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 122-10, 8, -5, -4, -3, -1
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
1
9.7
Tecumseh Rotary
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 242-10, 8, -5, -4, -3, -1
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
2
9.7
Copeland Scroll
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 302-9
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
2.5
9.5
Copeland Scroll
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 182-8, -5,
-4, -3, -2
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
1.5
9.7
Tecumseh Rotary
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 302-8, -5,
-4, -3, -1
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
2.5
9.5
Copeland Scroll
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
(All) HWC 182-1
Gas Heat/Electric Cool
1.5
9.5
Copeland Scroll
Capillary Tube/Filter Drier
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
* For more information on the compressors used in HWC units, see the Unit Components section, beginning on page 5-28.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
1-4
HW/HWC
Physical and Electrical
Table 1-3
Physical and Electrical Specifications - HWC Units
Model
Voltage/
Hz/Phase
Normal
Voltage
Range
Min.
Circuit
Ampacity
Max.
Fuse/HACR
Brkr.
(amps)
Comp.
Rated
Load
(amps)
Comp.
Locked
Rotor
(amps)
O.D.
Fan
Dia.
(in.)
Nom.
RPM
Outside
Fan
Rated
Load
(amps)
Rated
HP
Indoor
Wheel
dia. x
width
(in.)
Blower
Rated
HP
Refrig.
Charge
(oz.)
Weight
(lbs.)
26HWC122/123
208-230/60/1
197-253
8.3
15
5.0
26.3
18
1075
0.9
1/8
10 X 4
1/6
42
325
38HWC122/123
208-230/60/1
197-253
8.3
15
5.0
26.3
18
1075
0.9
1/8
10 X 4
1/6
42
325
38HWC182/183
208-230/60/1
197-253
13.6
20
8.3
45.0
18
1075
0.9
1/8
10 X 4
1/3
56
350
51HWC182/183
208-230/60/1
197-253
13.6
20
8.3
45.0
18
1075
0.9
1/8
10 X 4
1/3
56
350
64HWC182/183
208-230/60/1
197-253
13.6
20
8.3
45.0
18
1075
0.9
1/8
10 X 4
1/3
56
350
36HWC242/243
208-230/60/1
197-253
18.6
25
11.6
62.5
18
1075
1.8
1/4
10 X 4
1/3
58
360
51HWC242/243
208-230/60/1
197-253
18.6
25
11.6
62.5
18
1075
1.8
1/4
10 X 4
1/3
58
360
64HWC242/243
208-230/60/1
197-253
18.6
25
11.6
62.5
18
1075
1.8
1/4
10 X 4
1/3
58
360
51HWC302
208-230/60/1
197-253
22.4
30
14.6
76.0
18
1075
1.8
1/4
10 X 4
1/3
59
380
64HWC302
208-230/60/1
197-253
22.4
30
14.6
76.0
18
1075
1.8
1/4
10 X 4
1/3
59
380
51HWC303
208-230/60/1
197-253
21.9
30
14.1
73.0
18
1075
1.8
1/4
10 X 4
1/3
59
380
64HWC303
208-230/60/1
197-253
21.9
30
14.1
73.0
18
1075
1.8
1/4
10 X 4
1/3
59
380
Performance Ratings
Table 1-4
Performance Ratings - HWC122/123
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
95°
85°
Enter.
Wet
Bulb
63°
67°
71°
105°
115°
Total
Air
Vol.
(CFM)
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
400
12600
820
.78
.92
1.00
12000
910
.80
.95
1.00
11400
1000
.82
.95
1.00
10800
1090
.85
1.00
1.00
450
12800
820
.82
.97
1.00
12200
910
.85
1.00
1.00
11600
1000
.87
1.00
1.00
11000
1090
.90
1.00
1.00
500
13100
820
.87
1.00
1.00
12400
910
.90
1.00
1.00
11800
1000
.92
1.00
1.00
11200
1090
.95
1.00
1.00
400
13400
820
.59
.74
.89
12700
910
.60
.76
.91
12100
1010
.62
.79
1.00
11500
1110
.63
.81
.96
450
13600
820
.62
.78
.94
12900
910
.64
.80
.97
12300
1010
.65
.83
1.00
11700
1110
.67
.86
1.00
500
13900
820
.65
.82
.99
13200
910
.67
.84
1.00
12600
1010
.69
.88
1.00
11900
1110
.70
.91
1.00
400
14200
830
.40
.56
.72
13500
920
.40
.57
.74
12800
1020
.41
.58
.76
12100
1120
.41
.59
.78
450
14400
830
.42
.59
.76
13700
920
.42
.60
.78
13000
1020
.43
.62
.80
12300
1120
.43
.63
.82
500
14700
830
.44
.62
.80
14000
920
.44
.63
.82
13300
1020
.45
.65
.84
12600
1120
.45
.66
.87
Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
1-5
Performance Ratings (continued)
Table 1-5
Performance Ratings - HWC182/183
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
95°
85°
Enter.
Wet
Bulb
63°
67°
71°
Total
Air
Vol.
(CFM)
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
550
18400
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
1370
.75
.90
1.00
17100
105°
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
1470
.78
.92
1.00
15700
115°
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
1550
.82
.96
1.00
14400
1640
.86
.96
1.00
600
18700
1380
.78
.93
1.00
17400
1480
.81
.96
1.00
16000
1560
.85
1.00
1.00
14600
1650
.89
1.00
1.00
650
18900
1390
.81
.96
1.00
17600
1490
.84
.99
1.00
16200
1570
.88
1.00
1.00
14800
1660
.92
1.00
1.00
550
19800
1410
.58
.72
.87
18500
1510
.59
.74
.89
17100
1600
.62
.78
.94
15600
1700
.64
.80
.96
600
20100
1420
.60
.75
.90
18800
1520
.62
.77
.93
17400
1610
.64
.81
.98
15900
1710
.66
.83
1.00
650
20400
1430
.62
.78
.93
19000
1530
.64
.80
.96
17600
1620
.66
.84
1.00
16100
1720
.68
.86
1.00
550
21200
1450
.40
.55
.69
19700
1550
.40
.56
.72
18300
1650
.41
.58
.75
16700
1750
.41
.60
.78
600
21500
1460
.42
.57
.72
20000
1560
.42
.59
.75
18600
1660
.43
.61
.78
17000
1760
.43
.62
.81
650
21800
1470
.43
.59
.74
20300
1570
.43
.60
.78
18800
1670
.44
.63
.81
17200
1770
.44
.64
.84
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.
Table 1-6
Performance Ratings - HWC242/243
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
95°
85°
Enter.
Wet
Bulb
63°
67°
71°
Total
Air
Vol.
(CFM)
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
105°
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
115°
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
700
24300
1870
.74
.88
1.00
23200
2110
.76
.89
1.00
21800
2380
.78
.94
1.00
21000
2710
.80
.95
1.00
800
24700
1870
.78
.93
1.00
23600
2110
.80
.94
1.00
22200
2380
.82
.99
1.00
21300
2710
.84
1.00
1.00
900
25200
1880
.82
.98
1.00
24100
2120
.85
.99
1.00
22600
2390
.87
1.00
1.00
21700
2720
.89
1.00
1.00
700
25900
1890
.57
.71
.85
24700
2130
.58
.72
.86
23600
2400
.59
.75
.91
22400
2750
.60
.76
.92
800
26300
1890
.60
.75
.90
25100
2130
.61
.76
.91
24000
2400
.62
.79
.96
22800
2750
.63
.80
.97
900
26800
1900
.63
.79
.95
25600
2140
.64
.80
.96
24500
2410
.66
.84
1.00
23200
2760
.67
.85
1.00
700
27300
1910
.40
.55
.69
26100
2150
.40
.55
.70
24900
2430
.40
.56
.72
23700
2770
.40
.57
.74
800
27700
1910
.42
.58
.73
26500
2150
.42
.58
.74
25300
2430
.42
.59
.76
24100
2770
.42
.60
.78
900
28300
1920
.44
.61
.77
27000
2160
.44
.61
.78
25800
2440
.44
.62
.80
24600
2780
.44
.63
.82
Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.
Table 1-7
Performance Ratings - HWC302/303
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
95°
85°
Enter.
Wet
Bulb
63°
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
67°
71°
105°
115°
Total
Air
Vol.
(CFM)
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
Total
Cooling
Capacity
(Btuh)
Comp.
Watts
Input
S/T at
75°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
80°
Dry
Bulb
S/T at
85°
Dry
Bulb
775
28500
2150
.72
.84
.97
27300
2390
.73
.87
1.00
26100
2670
.74
.89
1.00
24800
2990
.76
.90
1.00
850
28900
2160
.74
.87
1.00
27600
2400
.76
.90
1.00
26400
2680
.77
.93
1.00
25100
3000
79
.93
1.00
925
29300
2170
.77
.90
1.00
28000
2410
.79
.93
1.00
26800
2690
.80
.96
1.00
25400
3010
.82
.96
1.00
775
30400
2190
.56
.69
.82
29000
2440
.57
.71
.84
27800
2720
.58
.73
.88
26400
3050
.59
.73
.88
850
30800
2200
.58
.71
.85
29400
2450
.59
.73
.87
28100
2730
.60
.75
.91
26700
3060
.61
.76
.91
925
31200
2210
.60
.73
.87
29800
2460
.61
.76
.90
28500
2740
.62
.78
.94
27100
3070
.63
.79
.94
775
32200
2220
.40
.54
.68
30800
2480
.41
.55
.69
29300
2760
.41
.56
.71
28000
3090
.42
.57
.73
850
32600
2230
.41
.56
.70
31200
2490
.42
.57
.71
29700
2770
.42
.58
.73
28300
3100
.43
.59
.75
925
33000
2240
.42
.57
.72
31600
2500
.43
.58
.73
30100
2780
.43
.60
.76
28700
3110
.45
.61
.78
Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
1-6
Blower Performance
Table 1-8
Blower Performance - HWC Units
CFM @ ext. static pressure - in. w.c. with filter(s)
Blower Speed
Model
HWC122/123
HWC182,242,302
HWC183,243,303
Dimensions
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
Hi
650
615
575
540
Med
475
450
425
400
Low
415
405
390
380
Hi
875
825
775
725
Med
850
805
760
710
Low
630
605
575
550
(all measurements in inches)
SUPPLY AIR DUCT CONNECTION
LOW VOLTAGE
8" x 16"
THERMOSTAT CONNECTIONS
HIGH VOLTAGE
JUNCTION BOX
4" x 4" x 2"
¾" DUCT CONNECTION FLANGE
GAS LINE
CONNECTION
Measurements from Side and
Top to Center of Vent Outlet
1
4 2"
43 1/8
"
"
3
6 4"
/
7 16
27 /7 "
8
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
RETURN AIR OPENING ON BOTTOM
6" x 22"
29
Service Reference Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
1-7
Dimensions (cont.)
1
1
16
13 3/8
8
Supply
Line Voltage
Box
Low
Voltage
43 1/8
Supply 8
2 7/8 4
1 3/4
3
½ Gas Inlet
Return
2 7/8
Wall Sleeve
1
22
27 7/8
6
(all measurements in inches)
1 or 3 3 4
15 or 12 1 4
2
16
45
2
29
12 1 2"
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Flanges may be assembled
1" or 3 3 4" from this side of the sleeve
29 7/16
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-1
Section 2 - Sequence of Operation
HWC123,183,243,303 ........................ 2-4
Simplified Sequence ........................................ 2-5
Detailed Sequence .......................................... 2-6
POWER ...................................................................... 2-6
CALL FOR HEAT ........................................................ 2-6
LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS ........................................... 2-7
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ..... 2-7
FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION ......... 2-8
CALL FOR COOLING ................................................. 2-8
FAN ON ....................................................................... 2-9
HW (Heating Only)
(w/UTEC 1097 Spark Ignition System) 2-10
Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-11
Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-12
POWER .................................................................... 2-12
CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-12
LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS ......................................... 2-13
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ... 2-13
FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION ....... 2-14
FAN ON..................................................................... 2-14
HWC122,182,242,302
(w/Fenwal 2461D Ignition Control) ..... 2-16
Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-17
Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-18
POWER .................................................................... 2-18
CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-18
LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-19
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ... 2-19
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-19
CALL FOR COOLING ............................................... 2-19
FAN ON..................................................................... 2-20
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
HW (Heating Only)
(w/Fenwal 2461D Ignition Control) ..... 2-22
Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-23
Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-24
POWER .................................................................... 2-24
CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-24
LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-25
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ... 2-25
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-25
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-2
HWC122,182,242,302
(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) ....... 2-26
Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-27
Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-28
POWER .................................................................... 2-28
CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-28
FLAME SENSE ......................................................... 2-29
LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-29
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-29
CALL FOR COOLING ............................................... 2-29
FAN ON..................................................................... 2-30
HW (Heating Only)
(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) ....... 2-32
Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-33
Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-34
POWER .................................................................... 2-34
CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-34
FLAME SENSE ......................................................... 2-35
LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-35
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-35
HWC123,183,243,303
w/Low Ambient Control ...................... 2-36
HWC122,182,242,302
w/Low Ambient Control ...................... 2-38
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-3
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
BLANK PAGE
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-4
HWC123, 183, 243, 303
(w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System)
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
}
COPPER CONDUCTORS
208/230-1-60
ONLY
POWER SUPPLY
OPERATING MODE
HEATING
COOLING
FAN
YELLOW
RED
CIRCUIT
R-W
R-G-Y
R-G
BLUE
LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED
LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD
BLACK
4
5
VIOLET
WHT
IGNITION
CONTROL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
4 5 6
RED
ELECTRODE
GND
R
R
G
G
Y
Y
W
W
GREEN
ORN
RED
BLUE
MANUAL RESET
LIMIT SWITCH
YELLOW
ORN
ORN
AUTO RESET
LIMIT SWITCH
THERMOSTAT
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE
SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE
MUST BE USED.
1 2 3
GAS
VALVE BLUE
VIOLET
}
FLAME ROD
24VAC
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
3
HEAT
2
UNUSED
1
COOL
BLACK
L1
Y C W G R
CMB
WHITE
RED
GREEN
BLACK
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
RED
BLACK
CONDENSER FAN
VIOLET
TRANSFORMER
BLACK
CAPACITOR-RUN
BLUE
RED
CONNECTOR BLOCK
EVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS
MODELS
HEATING
COOLING
26HWC123 LOW (RED)
MED (BLUE)
38HWC123 HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE)
38HWC183 LOW (RED)
LOW (RED)*
51HWC183 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED)
64HWC183 HIGH(BLACK) LOW (RED)
38HWC243 LOW (RED)
MED (BLUE)
51HWC243 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)*
64HWC243 HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE)
51HWC303 MED (BLUE) HIGH(BLACK)
64HWC303 HIGH(BLACK) HIGH(BLACK)*
BROWN
COM
FAN
HERM
C
YELLOW
S
COMP
R
BLK
BLACK
208 V
240 V
BLK
RED
CONTACTOR
RED D
RED
SEE CHART
FOR WIRING
BLACK
YELLOW
BROWN
BLOWER
MOTOR
BLUE
RED
BLOWER
CONTROL
T1
L1
T2
L2
H
M
* JUMPER REQUIRED
L
BLUE
CAPACITOR
BLOWER
YELLOW
#45004-1
DIAGNOSTICS
The following blower/ignition control board
LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal
operations:
Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated
with an “SA” in the model number), sequence of operation during
cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall below the
normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient
switch equipped version of this unit, see the section beginning on
page 2-36.
Connection Diagram
Normal Operation, No
Call for Heat
FAST FLASH
Normal Operation, Call for
Heat
2 FLASH
System Lockout - Failed to
Detect or Sustain Flame
3 FLASH
Pressure Switch Open or
Closed
4 FLASH
High Limit or Rollout
Switch Open
5 FLASH
Flame Sensed and Gas
Valve Not Energized
STEADY
Internal Failure
(Micro-controller Failure;
Self-check)
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-1
SLOW FLASH
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-5
Simplified Sequence - HWC123,183, 243, 303
Refer to Figure 2-1
•
208/230V power is supplied to the junction box on
top of the unit
•
24V power is supplied from the unit transformer to
the thermostat
CALL FOR HEAT
1. The thermostat closes the R-W circuit, sending a
24-volt signal to the unit.
2. The 24-volt signal energizes the combustion blower,
causing the pressure switch to close.
3. The combustion blower runs for 30 seconds as a
pre-purge to trial for ignition.
4. The ignition control energizes the spark ignition and
opens the gas valve, causing the burners to light.
When the gas valve energizes, a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay begins.
5. Flame sense is sent to the ignition control through
the flame sensor and flame sense wire.
6. After the 30-second delay, the circulating air blower
energizes and runs until the heat call is satisfied.
7. When the heat call is satisfied, the gas valve deenergizes. This shuts down the burners.
8. A 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay
and a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay
start.
9. After the delay times elapse, the combustion blower
and the circulating air blower stop.
CALL FOR COOLING
1. The thermostat energizes the R, Y and G circuit,
sending a 24-volt signal to the cooling contactor and
the ignition control to start the cooling sequence.
2. The contactor closes immediately, causing the
compressor and the condenser fan to run.
3. The 24-volt Y signal starts a 5-second circulating air
blower “on” delay.
4. After 5 seconds, the circulating air blower starts and
runs until the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted by the
thermostat.
5. When the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted, the
cooling contactor immediately de-energizes. This
causes the compressor and the condenser fan to
stop.
6. The ignition control starts a 90-second circulating
air blower “off” delay.
7. After 90 seconds, the circulating air blower stops.
FAN ON
1. The thermostat energizes the R-G circuit, causing
the circulating air blower to energize in cooling
speed.
2. The circulating air blower remains running in cooling
speed until the thermostat is switched to the “AUTO”
position.
FLAME SENSE
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. After the burners have been lit, the ignition control
starts a 10-second trial for ignition delay.
2. If after 10 seconds a flame has not been sensed by
the ignition control, the ignition control de-energizes
the gas valve and the spark ignitor.
3. The unit initiates three trials for ignition (flame
sense) before system lockout.
4. System lockout lasts 60 minutes or until power is
reset to unit (whichever comes first).
Detailed Sequence follows
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-6
Detailed Sequence - HWC123, 183, 243, 303
Refer to Figure 2-1
POWER
Line Voltage
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), line
voltage will be present:
L1 Power
1. Through the L1 black lead to the L1 terminal on the
ignition control
2. At the L1 contactor terminal
3. At the transformer terminal marked 208-240V
L2 Power
1. Through the L2 black lead to the induced draft
blower
2. At the L2 contactor terminal
3. A transformer common terminal
4. At the T2 contactor terminal
5. At the R terminal of the compressor
6. At the capacitor common terminals
Low Voltage (24 VAC)
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24
volts A/C will be present:
1. From the transformer 24V terminal to pin 4 of the
6-pin chassis low voltage harness
2. From pin 4 of the chassis low voltage harness to the
24VAC hot terminal on the ignition control
3. From the 24VAC hot terminal to pin 5 of the 5-pin
thermostat harness (internal to board)
4. From the 24VAC hot terminal also to pin 6 of the 6pin ignition wire harness
5. From pin 6 of the ignition wire harness through the
auto reset limit switch and the manual reset
rollout switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness
Note: While the unit is at rest, the green LED shows
consistent slow flash. This indicates normal
operation - system at rest (standby mode).
CALL FOR HEAT
Line Voltage
1. The combustion blower relay energizes, sending
L1 power to CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition
Low Voltage
1. A call for heat closes the R-W circuit, sending a 24volt signal to the low voltage white wire in the unit.
2. The 24-volt signal is received at pin 3 of the 5-pin
thermostat harness on the ignition control.
3. The 24-volt signal causes the combustion blower
relay to close, causing the combustion blower to
run. At this time, a 24-volt signal is also sent out
through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
4. The 24-volt signal from pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition
wire harness energizes one side of the Normally
Open pressure switch. As the induced draft
blower reaches full speed, the pressure switch
closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness.
5. When the 24-volt signal is received at pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts
a 30-second pre-purge delay.
6. After the 30-second pre-purge, the ignition control
initiates a trial for ignition. The spark ignition
cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness energize simultaneously.
7. When the 24-volt signal is present at pin 4 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts
a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay.
8. The 24-volt signal from pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition
wire harness is received at the gas valve, causing
it to open and the burners to ignite.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
The ignition control receives a signal from the R-W
circuit indicating a call for heat.
control. This causes the combustion blower to
start by completing the line voltage circuit through
the L2 wire connection in the unit.
2. As the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness by the ignition control, a 30second circulating air blower “on” delay starts.
After the delay, the ignition control energizes the
heat speed blower relay. This sends L1 power to the
ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control.
3. L1 power is then sent to the circulating air blower
terminal block where it is connected to the blower
motor. The circulating air blower starts by
completing the L1-L2 circuit through the L2 connection at the blower motor capacitor.
4. The combustion blower and the circulating air
blower continue to run until the R-W circuit is
interrupted. After a 5-second post-purge delay, the
CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control deenergizes. This interrupts L1 power to the combustion blower. After a 120-second circulating air
blower “off” delay, the ACB HEAT terminal deenergizes. This interrupts L1 to the circulating air
blower. As L1 power is interrupted, the blowers
shut off.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-7
9. After 30-second “on” delay, the circulating air
blower relay energizes the heat terminal and the
circulating air blower is energized.
10. The unit will continue to operate normally until the
R-W circuit is interrupted.
11. When the heat call is satisfied, the thermostat will
interrupt the R-W circuit. This causes the 24-volt
signal to the white wire in the unit to be de-energized.
12. The gas valve closes immediately as 24V through
pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is deenergized by the ignition control.
13. The ignition control initiates a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay and 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay.
14. After 5 seconds, the combustion blower shuts off.
15. After 120 seconds, the circulating air blower
shuts off and the system returns to standby mode.
Note: During a call for heat, the green LED shows
consistent fast flash (as long as the R-W circuit is
closed). When the R-W circuit is interrupted
(indicating the heat call has been satisfied), the
green LED returns to a consistent slow flash.
7. The green ignition control LED shows a 4 flash fault
code (indicating limit switch/rollout switch open).
8. When the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts
a 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay
and a 120-second circulating air blower “off”
delay.
9. Once the delays have timed out, both blowers stop
and the green LED flashes a consistent slow flash if
no heat call is present. (A consistent fast flash
appears if there is a call for heat.)
Note: The limit switch resets automatically when
temperatures are acceptable, but the rollout
switch must be manually reset by pushing in on
the small button on top of the switch.
The reason why the switches opened must be
determined before any corrective action is taken.
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)
When the R-W circuit is energized, a 24-volt signal is
sent to the ignition control. This starts the call for
heat.
LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
In all modes of operation, 24VAC is supplied to the
ignition control 24VAC hot terminal and is passed
through the ignition control to pin 6 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness.
1. A 24-volt signal is sent from pin 6 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness to one side of the Normally
Closed manual reset rollout switch, across the
rollout switch to one side of the Normally Closed
auto reset limit switch and across the limit switch
to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
2. This circuit energizes whenever line voltage power
is supplied to the unit.
3. If the circuit is interrupted by either switch opening,
the 24-volt signal to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness de-energizes.
4. This causes the combustion blower relay to
energize, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR
terminal on the ignition control. It also causes the
circulating air blower heat speed relay to energize, sending L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal
on the ignition control. This causes both blowers
to start immediately.
5. The ignition control lockouts the spark ignition
cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of
the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
6. The circulating air blower and the combustion
blower are energized until the 24-volt signal is
restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
1. The 24-volt signal from the R-W circuit energizes
the combustion blower relay, sending L1 power to
the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control.
This starts the ignition control.
2. At the same time the combustion blower relay
energizes, the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 2 of the 6pin ignition wire harness and from pin 2 to one side
of the Normally Open pressure switch.
3. When the combustion blower causes the pressure switch to close, a 24-volt signal is sent across
the switch to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
The 24-volt signal energizes at pin 5 and the ignition
sequence continues.
4. If the combustion blower fails to close the pressure switch, the 24-volt signal is not sent to pin 5
of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and the ignition
control does not initiate a 30-second pre-purge
delay.
5. No signal is sent to the spark ignition cable
terminal on the ignition control or to the gas valve
through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
6. The combustion blower continues to run for 60
seconds. After 60 seconds, the ignition control
automatically de-energizes the combustion
blower relay. This interrupts L1 power to the CMB
BLWR terminal on the ignition control.
7. The combustion blower remains de-energized for
approximately six minutes. During this 6-minute
lockout, the green LED flashes three times (indicating pressure switch fault—open or closed).
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-8
8. The 24-volt signal will only be supplied to the limit
switch circuit through pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness and to the pressure switch circuit through
pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
9. The system will repeat this sequence until the
pressure switch closes and the 24-volt signal is
restored at pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION
When the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal
is sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, the
spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness energize.
1. As spark voltage is supplied to the ignitor electrodes, the gas valve opens and this causes the
burners to ignite.
2. The ignition control continues to energize spark
voltage until a flame sense signal is supplied to the
flame terminal on the ignition control.
3. If a flame sense signal is not received at the flame
terminal on the ignition control, the spark ignition cable terminal remains energized for 10
seconds.
4. After the 10-second trial for ignition, the ignition
control de-energizes the spark ignition cable
terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
This causes the gas valve to close and the electrode spark to stop.
5. Once the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness, a 30-second circulating air
blower “on” delay starts. After the delay is timed
out, the circulating air blower starts.
6. After the spark ignition cable terminal de-energizes, the ignition control initiates a 30-second
combustion blower inter-purge delay.
7. After 30-second inter-purge, the ignition control
energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and
pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. If the flame
sense signal is received at the flame terminal of the
ignition control, the unit continues heat call.
8. If the flame sense signal is not received, the system
goes through three trials following the above
sequence.
9. After three trials, the system goes into lockout and
only the high limit switch circuit and pressure
switch circuit remain energized during the 60minute lockout period.
10. If the flame sense is lost during the heat cycle, the
gas valve de-energizes immediately and the
system goes into the trial sequence.
CALL FOR COOLING
Line Voltage
1. L2 power passes through the fixed closed L2-T2
terminals on the contactor to the RUN terminal of
the compressor and the COMMON terminal of the
capacitor.
2. L1 power is sent to the L1 terminal of the contactor.
When the Y signal energizes the contactor, the T2
terminal becomes energized. L1 power is sent to
the compressor COMMON terminal and the
condenser fan. This energizes the compressor
and condenser fan motors.
3. When pin 1 (Y terminal) of the 5-pin thermostat
harness receives a 24-volt signal from the thermostat, a 5-second circulating air blower delay
starts.
4. After the 5-second delay, the ignition control
energizes the cooling speed relay. This sends L1
power to the ACB COOL terminal of the ignition
control.
5. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower
terminal block, energizing the circulating air
blower motor.
6. When the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted by the
thermostat, the contactor is immediately deenergized. This interrupts L1 power to the compressor and condenser fan motors, stopping
both.
7. The ignition control starts a 90-second circulating air blower “off” delay, after which the ACB
COOL terminal de-energizes. This interrupts L1
power to the circulating air blower motor, causing
it to stop.
Low Voltage
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. The thermostat energizes the R, Y and G circuit,
sending a 24-volt signal to the contactor coil and to
pin 1 of the 5-pin thermostat harness connected to
the ignition control.
2. The contactor closes immediately upon receiving
the 24-volt signal, causing the compressor and
condenser fan motors to start.
3. The 24-volt signal is also sent to pin 1 of the 5-pin
thermostat harness, initiating a 5-second circulating air blower “on” delay.
4. After the 5-second delay, the ignition control
energizes the cooling speed relay and the circulating air blower starts.
5. When the cooling call is satisfied, the thermostat
interrupts the R, Y and G circuit. The contactor
de-energizes immediately, causing the compressor
and the condenser fan to stop. The ignition
control starts a 90-second circulating air blower
“off” delay.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-9
6. After the 90-second delay, the ignition control deenergizes the cooling speed relay and the circulating air blower stops.
FAN ON
1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON”
position, the R-G circuit sends a 24-volt signal to
pin 4 of the 5-pin thermostat harness.
2. The 24-volt signal energizes the cooling speed
relay, sending L1 power to the ACB COOL terminal
of the ignition control.
3. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower
terminal block, causing the circulating air blower
to run in cooling speed.
4. The circulating air blower continues to run in
cooling speed until the thermostat is switched to
“AUTO”, interrupting the R-G circuit.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Note: With the thermostat in the “FAN ON” position
during heat call, ignition control will not energize
the heat speed relay. The circulating air blower
continues to run in cooling speed unless the limit
switch circuit opens, which would cause the heat
speed relay and the induced draft blower relay
to become energized. This would de-energize the
cooling speed relay until either the limit switch
circuit is closed or the thermostat is switched to
the “AUTO” position.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-10
HW (Heating Only)
(w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System)
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
}
208/230-1-60
POWER SUPPLY
COPPER CONDUCTORS
ONLY
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
WIRE NUT
OPERATING MODE
HEATING
COOLING
FAN
YELLOW
RED
LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED
LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD
BLUE
BLACK
GND
ORANGE
R
R
G
G
Y
W
W
Y
}
THERMOSTAT
FLAME ROD
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE
SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE
MUST BE USED.
GREEN
RED
BLUE
MANUAL RESET
LIMIT SWITCH
YELLOW
VOILET
ORANGE
WHT
24VAC
4 5 6
1 2 3
RED
ELECTRODE
IGNITION
CONTROL
GAS
VALVE BLUE
ORANGE
AUTO RESET
LIMIT SWITCH
HEAT
5
VOILET
UNUSED
4
PRESSURE
SWITCH
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
3
L1
2
COOL
1
CNB Y C W G R
WHITE
RED
GREEN
BLACK
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
CIRCUIT
R-W
R-G-Y
R-G
BLACK
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
RED
YELLOW
208 V
EVAP. MOTOR
SPEED CONNECTIONS
240 V
MODELS
26HW
38HW
51HW
64HW
TRANSFORMER
BLUE
RED
HEATING
LOW (RED)
HIGH (BLACK)
MED (BLUE)
HIGH (BLACK)
SEE
CHART
FOR WIRING
BLACK
YELLOW
BROWN
CAPACITOR
BLOWER
BLOWER
MOTOR
BLUE
RED
#45008-2
H
M
L
TERMINAL BLOCK
DIAGNOSTICS
The following blower/ignition control board
LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal
operations:
Connection Diagram
Normal Operation, No
Call for Heat
FAST FLASH
Normal Operation, Call for
Heat
2 FLASH
System Lockout - Failed to
Detect or Sustain Flame
3 FLASH
Pressure Switch Open or
Closed
4 FLASH
High Limit or Rollout
Switch Open
5 FLASH
Flame Sensed and Gas
Valve Not Energized
STEADY
Internal Failure
(Micro-controller Failure;
Self-check)
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-2
SLOW FLASH
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-11
Simplified Sequence - HW (w/UTEC 1097 Board)
Refer to Figure 2-2
CALL FOR HEAT
1. The indoor thermostat energizes the R-W circuit,
sending a 24-volt signal to the ignition control.
2. The 24-volt signal causes the induced draft blower
to start, which closes the pressure switch.
3. Once the pressure switch closes, a 30-second
induced draft blower pre-purge starts.
4. After the 30-second induced draft blower pre-purge,
the gas valve opens and the burners ignite. This
starts a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay.
5. The unit continues to operate in the heat mode until
the indoor thermostat setting is reached. At that
time, the R-W circuit is interrupted.
6. The 24-volt signal to the ignition control is interrupted, causing the gas valve to close and the
burners to shut down.
7. A 5-second post-purge starts and following that the
induced draft blower stops.
8. A 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay
starts. After the elapsed time, the circulating air
blower stops.
FAN ON
1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON”
position, a 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition
control.
2. The ignition control immediately energizes the
cooling speed of the circulating air blower.
3. The circulating air blower runs in the cooling speed
until the thermostat fan switch is moved back to the
“AUTO” position. At this time, the circulating air
blower stops.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
During the call for “FAN ON”, the circulating air blower
heat speed will not be energized by the ignition control
unless the limit switch circuit is interrupted.
Detailed Sequence follows
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-12
Detailed Sequence - HW (w/UTEC 1097 Board)
Refer to Figure 2-2
POWER
Line Voltage
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), line
voltage will be present:
L1 Power
1. Through the L1 black lead to the L1 terminal on the
ignition control
2. At the transformer terminal marked 208-240V
L2 Power
1. Through the L2 black lead to the induced draft
blower
2. Transformer common terminal
3. At the circulating air blower capacitor terminal
Low Voltage (24 VAC)
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24
volts A/C will be present:
1. At the transformer 24V terminal
2. At the 24VAC hot terminal on the ignition control
3. At pin 5 of the 5-pin thermostat harness (red wire
pin)
4. At pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness
5. Through the auto reset limit switch and the
manual reset rollout switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness
Note: While the unit is at rest, the green LED shows
consistent slow flash. This indicates normal
operation - system at rest (standby mode).
CALL FOR HEAT
Line Voltage
The ignition control receives a signal from the R-W
circuit indicating a call for heat.
Low Voltage
1. A call for heat closes the R-W circuit, sending a 24volt signal to the low voltage white wire in the unit.
2. The 24-volt signal is received at pin 3 of the 5-pin
thermostat harness on the ignition control.
3. The 24-volt signal causes the combustion blower
relay to close, causing the combustion blower to
run. At this time, a 24-volt signal is also sent out
through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
4. The 24-volt signal from pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition
wire harness energizes one side of the Normally
Open pressure switch. As the induced draft
blower reaches full speed, the pressure switch
closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness.
5. When the 24-volt signal is received at pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts
a 30-second pre-purge delay.
6. After the 30-second pre-purge, the ignition control
initiates a trial for ignition. The spark ignition
cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness energize simultaneously.
7. When the 24-volt signal is present at pin 4 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts
a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay.
8. The 24-volt signal from pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition
wire harness is received at the gas valve, causing
it to open and the burners to ignite.
9. After 30-second “on” delay, the circulating air
blower relay energizes the heat terminal and the
circulating air blower is energized.
10. The unit will continue to operate normally until the
R-W circuit is interrupted.
11. When the heat call is satisfied, the thermostat will
interrupt the R-W circuit. This causes the 24-volt
signal to the white wire in the unit to be de-energized.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. The combustion blower relay energizes, sending
L1 power to CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition
control. This causes the combustion blower to
start.
2. As the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness by the ignition control, a 30second circulating air blower “on” delay starts.
After the delay, the ignition control energizes the
heat speed blower relay. This sends L1 power to
the ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control.
3. L1 power is then sent to the circulating air blower
terminal block where it is connected to the blower
motor, starting the circulating air blower.
4. The combustion blower and the circulating air
blower continue to run until the R-W circuit is
interrupted. After a 5-second post-purge delay, the
CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control deenergizes. This interrupts L1 power to the combustion blower. After a 120-second circulating air
blower “off” delay, the ACB HEAT terminal deenergizes. This interrupts L1 to the circulating air
blower. As L1 power is interrupted, the blowers
shut off.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-13
12. The gas valve closes immediately as 24V through
pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is deenergized by the ignition control.
13. The ignition control initiates a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay and 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay.
14. After 5 seconds, the combustion blower shuts off.
15. After 120 seconds, the circulating air blower
shuts off and the system returns to standby mode.
9. Once the delays have timed out, both blowers stop
and the green LED flashes a consistent slow flash if
no heat call is present. (A consistent fast flash
appears if there is a call for heat.)
Note: During a call for heat, the green LED shows
consistent fast flash (as long as the R-W circuit is
closed). When the R-W circuit is interrupted
(indicating the heat call has been satisfied), the
green LED returns to a consistent slow flash.
The reason why the switches opened must be
determined before any corrective action is taken.
LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
In all modes of operation, 24VAC is supplied to the
ignition control 24VAC hot terminal and is passed
through the ignition control to pin 6 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness.
1. A 24-volt signal is sent from pin 6 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness to one side of the Normally
Closed manual reset rollout switch, across the
rollout switch to one side of the Normally Closed
auto reset limit switch and across the limit switch
to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
2. This circuit energizes whenever line voltage power
is supplied to the unit.
3. If the circuit is interrupted by either switch opening,
the 24-volt signal to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness de-energizes.
4. This causes the combustion blower relay to
energize, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR
terminal on the ignition control. It also causes the
circulating air blower heat speed relay to energize, sending L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal
on the ignition control. This causes both blowers
to start immediately.
5. The ignition control lockouts the spark ignition
cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of
the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
6. The circulating air blower and the combustion
blower are energized until the 24-volt signal is
restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
7. The green ignition control LED shows a 4 flash fault
code (indicating limit switch/rollout switch open).
8. When the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts
a 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay
and a 120-second circulating air blower “off”
delay.
Note: The limit switch resets automatically when
temperatures are acceptable, but the rollout
switch must be manually reset by pushing in on
the small button on top of the switch.
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)
When the R-W circuit is energized, a 24-volt signal is
sent to the ignition control. This starts the call for
heat.
1. The 24-volt signal from the R-W circuit energizes
the combustion blower relay, sending L1 power to
the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control.
This starts the ignition control.
2. At the same time the combustion blower relay
energizes, the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 2 of the 6pin ignition wire harness and from pin 2 to one side
of the Normally Open pressure switch.
3. If the combustion blower causes the pressure
switch to close, a 24-volt signal is sent across the
switch to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
The 24-volt signal energizes at pin 5 and the ignition
sequence continues.
4. If the combustion blower fails to close the pressure switch, the 24-volt signal is not sent to pin 5
of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and the ignition
control does not initiate a 30-second pre-purge
delay.
5. No signal is sent to the spark ignition cable
terminal on the ignition control or to the gas valve
through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
6. The combustion blower continues to run for 60
seconds. After 60 seconds, the ignition control
automatically de-energizes the combustion
blower relay. This interrupts L1 power to the CMB
BLWR terminal on the ignition control.
7. The combustion blower remains de-energized for
approximately six minutes. During this 6-minute
lockout, the green LED flashes three times (indicating pressure switch fault—open or closed).
8. The 24-volt signal will only be supplied to the limit
switch circuit through pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire
harness and to the pressure switch circuit through
pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
9. The system will repeat this sequence until the
pressure switch closes and the 24-volt signal is
restored at pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-14
FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION
When the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal
is sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, the
spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness energize.
1. As spark voltage is supplied to the ignitor electrodes, the gas valve opens and this causes the
burners to ignite.
2. The ignition control continues to energize spark
voltage until a flame sense signal is supplied to the
flame terminal on the ignition control.
3. If a flame sense signal is not received at the flame
terminal on the ignition control, the spark ignition cable terminal remains energized for 10
seconds.
4. After the 10-second trial for ignition, the ignition
control de-energizes the spark ignition cable
terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness.
This causes the gas valve to close and the electrode spark to stop.
5. Once the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin
ignition wire harness, a 30-second circulating air
blower “on” delay starts. After the delay is timed
out, the circulating air blower starts.
6. After the spark ignition cable terminal de-energizes, the ignition control initiates a 30-second
combustion blower inter-purge delay.
7. After 30-second inter-purge, the ignition control
energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and
pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. If the flame
sense signal is received at the flame terminal of the
ignition control, the unit continues heat call.
8. If the flame sense signal is not received, the system
goes through three trials following the above
sequence.
9. After three trials, the system goes into lockout and
only the limit switch circuit and pressure switch
circuit remain energized during the 60-minute
lockout period.
10. If the flame sense is lost during the heat cycle, the
gas valve de-energizes immediately and the
system goes into the trial sequence.
4. The circulating air blower continues to run in
cooling speed until the thermostat is switched to
“AUTO”, interrupting the R-G circuit.
Note: With the thermostat in the “FAN ON” position
during heat call, ignition control will not energize
the heat speed relay. The circulating air blower
continues to run in cooling speed unless the limit
switch circuit opens, which would cause the heat
speed relay and the induced draft blower relay
to become energized. This would de-energize the
cooling speed relay until either the limit switch
circuit is closed or the thermostat is switched to
the “AUTO” position.
FAN ON
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON”
position, the R-G circuit sends a 24-volt signal to
pin 4 of the 5-pin thermostat harness.
2. The 24-volt signal energizes the cooling speed
relay, sending L1 power to the ACB COOL terminal
of the ignition control.
3. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower
terminal block, causing the circulating air blower
to run in cooling speed.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-15
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
BLANK PAGE
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-16
HWC122, 182, 242, 302
(w/Fenwal T
riton 2461D DSI Ignition Contr
ol)
Triton
Control)
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
OPERATING MODE
208/230-1-60
COPPER CONDUCTORS
POWER SUPPLY
ONLY
BLACK
BLACK
BLUE
BLUE
LIMIT
SWITCH
C
NC
WHITE
GAS
VALVE
V2
IGNITION
CONTROL GND
PRESSURE
SWITCH
WHITE
R
R
W
W
Y
G
Y
G
THERMOSTAT
BROWN
BLACK
BLACK
GREEN
WHITE
RED
YELLOW
BLUE
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
BLACK
BLACK
RED
GREEN
ELECTRODE
CABLE
WHITE
ORN
ORN
NO
MANUAL
RESET
WHITE
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)
LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD
RED
PINK
TH
P.SW
V1
IND
L1
24VAC
CIRCUIT
R-W
R-G-Y
R-G
HEATING
COOLING
FAN
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED,
THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE
WIRE MUST BE USED.
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
BLACK
BROWN
C
COM
YELLOW
HERM
S
R
BLACK
L1
T1
BLACK
CONTACTOR
RED
T2
L2
BLACK
RED
CAPACITY
BLOWER
BLOWER
MOTOR
H
L1
C
R
W
G
SEE TABLE
BLUE
BLK
BROWN
C
BLK
BLK
BLUE
RED
YEL
BLOWER
CONTROL
YEL
RED
SEE TABLE
FOR WIRING
208V
240V
TRANSFORMER
BLUE
RED
BLK
YEL
CONTR
YEL
LOAD
COMP T’STAT
(IF USED)
BLUE
WHITE
GREEN
RED
FAN
BLUE
CONDENSER FAN
VIOLET
BLACK
CAPACITOR-RUN
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
SPEED CONNECTIONS
MODELS HEATING COOLING
26HWC122 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)
38HWC122 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)
38HWC182 LOW (RED) LOW (RED)
51HWC182 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED)
64HWC182 HIGH (BLK) LOW (RED)
38HWC242 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)
51HWC242 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)
64HWC242 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)
51HWC302 MED (BLUE) HIGH (BLK)
64HWC302 HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK)
*
JUMPER REQUIRED
*
*
*
COM
TIME DELAY
(IF USED)
#39007D5
Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated with an “SA” in the model
number), sequence of operation during cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall
below the normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient switch equipped
version of this unit, see the section beginning on page 2-38.
Connection Diagram
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-3
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-17
Simplified Sequence - HWC122,182, 242, 302
(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control)
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Refer to Figure 2-3
CALL FOR HEAT
CALL FOR COOLING
1. A call for heat closes the circuit between wires R
(red) and W (white) on the unit’s thermostat connections.
2. A low voltage (24 volts) signal is sent to the ignition
control, closing a relay which sends line voltage to
the induced draft blower. At the same time, a 24volt signal is also sent to the blower control board.
This causes the blower control board to begin the
countdown to closing the relay that starts the
circulating air blower.
3. After the induced draft blower creates enough
negative pressure, the pressure switch closes.
4. When the pressure switch closes, the 24-volt signal
is sent to the ignition control. This starts a 30second pre-purge countdown, after which a trial for
ignition is made.
5. At the same time that the trial for ignition is made,
the gas valve energizes and gas flows to the
burners.
6. With the burners in operation, the trial for ignition
continues for seven seconds. At the end of this
time, the ignition control stops sparking.
7. Approximately 30 seconds after the burners ignite,
the timer on the blower control board closes a relay,
sending line voltage to and starting the circulating
air blower.
8. The unit continues to operate as long as there is a
24-volt signal between R and W. When the call for
heat is satisfied, the 24-volt signal between R and W
discontinues. When W de-energizes, the power to
the induced draft blower and the gas valve is
interrupted. The 24-volt signal to the blower control
board is also interrupted, causing the module to
start the countdown to blower “off” (approximately
90 seconds).
9. If at any time during a call for heat the limit switch
opens, the 24-volt signal to the white wire going to
terminal P.SW on the ignition control is interrupted.
This de-energizes the gas valve immediately. The
circulating air blower and the induced draft blower
continue to run. When the unit cools down enough
for the limit switch to close, the 24-volt signal is
again sent to the P.SW terminal on the ignition
control. With terminal P.SW energized, the ignition
control again makes a trial for ignition and relights
the burners.
1. A call for cooling closes the circuit from R to Y and
G.
2. A 24-volt signal is sent to blower control board
terminal G and to the compressor contactor. The
contactor closes, sending line voltage to the compressor and the outdoor condenser fan.
3. With a 24-volt signal at terminal G on the blower
control board, the circulating air blower starts in
cooling speed approximately 15 seconds later (or
immediately - see note below).
4. When the cooling call is completed, G and Y deenergize. The contactor opens immediately, stopping the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.
When G de-energizes, the timer to turn off the
circulating air blower starts. The circulating air
blower turns off after 90 seconds (see note below).
FAN ON
1.
2.
3.
4.
When the thermostat switch is moved to the “FAN
ON” position, the circuit between R and G closes.
The 24-volt signal from G goes to the blower control
board which starts the timer.
Fifteen seconds after terminal G on the blower
control board energizes (or immediately after - see
note below), the circulating air blower starts.
When terminal G on the blower control board deenergizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air
blower starts. The circulating air blower turns off
after 90 seconds (see note below).
Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”
delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90
seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no
“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.
Detailed Sequence follows
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-18
Detailed Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302
(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control)
Refer to Figure 2-3
POWER
Line Voltage
When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is
sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the
thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied
to both black wires located in the junction block on top
of the unit.
Line voltage will be present at the following locations:
First black wire
1. L-1 on the ignition control
2. L-1 on the contactor
3. L-1 on the blower control board
4. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or
240V (whichever is being used)
Second black wire
1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower
2. L-2 on the contactor
3. Common terminal on the transformer
4. T-2 on the contactor
5. Red wire on the R terminal of the compressor
6. Red wire to the common terminals on the capacitors
Low Voltage (24 VAC)
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24
volts A/C will be found at these points:
1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit
2. Terminal marked 24 VAC on the ignition control
3. Terminal R on the blower control board
CALL FOR HEAT
Line Voltage
The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.
The following is the sequence of operation for the line
voltage side of the unit:
Low Voltage
1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat
between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the
white wire on the unit.
2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit
switch, ignition control terminal TH and terminal
W on the blower control board.
3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to
blower “on”. The blower starts in approximately 60
seconds.
4. The 24-volt signal sent to terminal TH closes the
relay in the ignition control. This starts the
induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND
on the ignition control.
5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed
and creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. The 24-volt signal from the
pressure switch energizes terminal P.SW, causing
the ignition control to start a trial for ignition
(sparking).
6. As the trial for ignition starts, the V1 terminal on the
ignition control energizes. At the same time, a 24volt signal is sent to the gas valve, opening the
valve. The unit continues to operate as long as W is
energized.
7. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted.
8. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immediately and the induced draft blower shuts down
several seconds later.
9. The blower control board starts a countdown to
blower “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, the
blower shuts down.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. Terminal TH (24-volt) energizes on the ignition
control, causing the relay in the ignition control
to close. This sends line voltage to the terminal
marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to
start.
2. When W energizes, a 24-volt signal is also sent to
the W terminal on the blower control board. The
24-volt signal to the blower control board starts
the timer on the board. After 60 seconds, the heat
speed relay on the blower control board closes.
This sends line voltage from the terminal marked
HEAT to the circulating air blower, starting the
blower. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to operate until the heat
call is satisfied, interrupting the circuit between R
and W. The W terminal de-energizes, causing the
blower relay to open approximately 90 seconds
later. This interrupts the line voltage to the circulating air blower and the blower shuts down.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-19
LIMIT OPENS
If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for
heat, the following happens:
1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in
the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals
C and NC on the limit switch open and the contacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the
24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also deenergizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control.
The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt
signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The
induced draft blower and the circulating air
blower continue to run. Power to blower control
board terminal W is maintained. The blowers
continue to run until the limit switch closes or the
heat call at the thermostat is satisfied.
2. When the limit switch senses that temperatures in
the unit are normal, the contacts between terminals
C and NO open, the contacts between terminals C
and NC close and operation of the unit returns to
normal.
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)
1. If blockage of the flue occurs, the negative pressure
in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set
point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.
This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW
on the ignition control. The gas valve closes
immediately, as the relay in the ignition control
opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the
ignition control.
2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays
energized and the circulating air blower continues to run. If the negative pressure is restored, the
pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal
to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The
ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and
operation returns to normal.
Note: If the P.SW and TH terminals energize at the
same time, the ignition control will not respond.
A pressure switch being stuck closed is an
example of what would cause this to happen.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED
1. If the conditions in the burner compartment cause
the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch
open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the
ignition control to de-energize terminal V1,
interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and
immediately closing it.
2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be
determined before corrective action is taken.
3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if
the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done
manually. The W terminal on the blower control
board remains energized and the circulating air
blower continues to operate. Once the rollout
switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to
normal.
CALL FOR COOLING
Line Voltage
On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit
between Y, G and R.
1. With Y energized, the contactor closes. This
sends line voltage to compressor terminal C,
causing the compressor to start. The outdoor fan
also starts, drawing air through the outdoor coil.
2. Terminal G on the blower control board also
energizes at the same time as Y. This starts the
timer on the blower control board. Approximately
15 seconds later (or immediately - see note on page
2-20), the terminal marked COOL energizes. This
sends line voltage to the circulating air blower,
starting the blower.
3. The unit continues cooling as long as both Y and G
are energized. When the cooling call is satisfied,
the circuit between Y, G and R is interrupted. The
contactor immediately opens, interrupting power to
the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.
4. With the low voltage signal to terminal G on the
blower control board interrupted, the board starts
a countdown to blower “off”. After approximately 90
seconds (see note on page 2-20), the cooling speed
relay opens and the circulating air blower shuts
down.
Low Voltage
1. On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the
circuit between R and terminals G and Y.
2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal G on the
blower control board, starting the fan “on” timer.
Approximately 15 seconds later (or immediately see note on page 2-20), the relay closes. This
sends line voltage to the COOLING speed terminal
on the blower control board, which starts the
circulating air blower.
3. The signal from Y energizes the contactor, starting
the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.
4. When the cooling call is satisfied, both G and Y are
de-energized. The contactor opens immediately,
causing the compressor and the outdoor cooling
fan to stop.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-20
5. The circulating air blower shuts off approximately
90 seconds after G terminal on the blower control
board is de-energized (see note below).
FAN ON
Low Voltage
1. When the switch on the thermostat is moved to the
“FAN ON” position, a 24-volt signal is sent to G.
2. With G energized, the blower control board starts
a countdown to fan “on”. After approximately 15
seconds, the fan starts (see note below).
3. The blower control board closes a relay on the
board, sending line voltage to the terminal marked
COOL on the board. This starts the circulating air
blower.
4. When the switch at the thermostat is moved to the
“OFF” position, the 24-volt signal to the blower
control board is interrupted. With no signal at the
G terminal, the blower control board starts a
countdown to fan “off”. Approximately 90 seconds
later, a relay on the blower control board opens
(see note below). This interrupts the power to and
stops the circulating air blower.
Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”
delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90
seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no
“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-21
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
BLANK PAGE
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-22
HW (Heating Only)
(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control)
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
OPERATING MODE
208/230-1-60
COPPER CONDUCTORS
POWER SUPPLY
ONLY
PINK
BROWN
WHITE
ORANGE
BLUE
BLUE
V2
GND
BLACK
BLACK
PRESSURE
SWITCH
LIMIT
SWITCH
R
R
W
Y
G
W
Y
GREEN
WHITE
RED
YELLOW
BLUE
RED
GREEN
ELECTRODE
CABLE
GAS
VALVE
NO
NC
WHITE
ORANGE
WHITE
BLACK
BLACK
TH
P.SW
V1
IND
L1
24VAC
C
MANUAL
RESET
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)
LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)
LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD
WHITE
RED
IGNITION
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
R-W
HEATING
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
BLACK
BLACK
THERMOSTAT
G
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED,
THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE
WIRE MUST BE USED.
BLUE
BLACK
BLUE
RED
YELLOW
BROWN
CAPACITOR
BLOWER
BLOWER
MOTOR
BLACK
C
TRANSFORMER
L1
H
BLOWER
R
W
208
240
BLUE
SEE CHART
FOR WIRING
BLOWER
CONTROL
GREEN
WHITE
RED
YELLOW
MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS
HEATING
MODELS
LOW (RED)
26HW
HIGH (BLACK)
38HW
MED (BLUE)
51HW
HIGH (BLACK)
64HW
WHITE
RED
#39247D2
Connection Diagram
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-4
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-23
Simplified Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal 2461D Board)
Refer to Figure 2-4
CALL FOR HEAT
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. A call for heat closes the circuit between R and W
on the thermostat. This sends a 24-volt signal to the
white wire on the unit.
2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal TH on the
ignition control and the W terminal on the blower
control board.
3. With the TH terminal energized, the ignition control
closes an internal relay. This sends line voltage
from terminal IND to the induced draft blower,
starting the inducer.
4. After a pre-purge cycle of approximately 30 seconds, the ignition control makes a trial for ignition.
Terminal V1 energizes at this time, opening the gas
valve. The ignition control initiates a spark at the
burner to light the main burners.
5. The trial for ignition lasts seven seconds, at which
time the ignition control stops sparking. The ignition
control looks at the flame sense to determine if the
main burners have ignited. If flame sense is not
proven, the ignition control goes through another
pre-purge cycle (approximately 30 seconds) and
makes another trial for ignition. It does this three
times. If the three trials for ignition fail, the ignition
control locks out for approximately 60 minutes.
After 60 minutes, the ignition control again makes
three trials for ignition. This continues as long as
there is a call for heat from the thermostat.
6. When W energizes, the blower control board starts
a countdown to fan “on”. Approximately 60 seconds
after the thermostat initiates a call for heat, the
circulating air blower starts.
7. The unit continues to operate as long as there is a
call for heat from the thermostat.
8. When the heat call is satisfied, the circuit between R
and W is interrupted. With the white wire deenergized, the ignition control interrupts the 24-volt
signal to the gas valve. This closes the gas valve
immediately and opens the internal relay that deenergizes terminal IND. The induced draft blower
shut downs several seconds later.
9. The W terminal on the blower control board deenergizes. This causes the blower control board to
start a countdown to blower “off”. Approximately 90
seconds later, the circulating air blower shuts down.
This completes the heating cycle.
Detailed Sequence follows
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-24
Detailed Sequence - HW
(w/Fenwal Triton 2461D Ignition Control)
Refer to Figure 2-4
POWER
Line Voltage
When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is
sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied to the two
black wires located in the junction block on top of the
unit.
Line voltage will be present at the following locations:
First black wire
1. L-1 on the ignition control
2. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or
240V (whichever is being used)
3. Common terminal on the blower capacitor
Second black wire
1. Supplies power to the one side of the induced
draft blower
2. Common terminal on the transformer
3. L terminal on the blower control board
Low Voltage (24 VAC)
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24
volts A/C will be found at the following points:
1.
2.
2.
3.
Red wire exiting the top of the unit
Terminal marked NO on the limit switch
Terminal marked 24VAC on the ignition control
Terminal R on the blower control board
CALL FOR HEAT
Line Voltage
The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.
The following is the sequence of operation for the line
voltage side of the unit:
Low Voltage
The following is the sequence of operation for the low
voltage side of the unit on a heat call:
1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat
between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the
white wire on the unit.
2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit
switch.
3. The 24-volt signal is sent from the C terminal
(brown wire) on the limit switch to terminal TH on
the ignition control. This causes the ignition
control to close the line voltage relay, starting the
induced draft blower. When the induced draft
blower comes up to speed and creates enough
negative pressure, the pressure switch closes.
4. With the pressure switch closed, the 24-volt signal
goes to the rollout switch located over the burners.
5. The 24-volt signal from the rollout switch goes to
the terminal marked P.SW on the ignition control,
causing the ignition control to make a trial for
ignition (sparking). Terminal V1 on the ignition
control also energizes at this time, causing the gas
valve to open.
6. At the same time that the C terminal on the limit
switch energizes, a 24-volt signal is also sent to the
W terminal on the blower control board. This
starts the timer on the blower control board.
Approximately 30 seconds after the main burners
ignite, the blower control board closes a relay;
this sends line voltage to the circulating air
blower, starting the blower.
7. As long as W (white wire) is energized, the unit
continues to operate.
8. When the heat call is satisfied, the circuit between R
and W is interrupted.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. Terminal TH on the ignition control energizes,
causing a relay in the ignition control to close.
This sends line voltage to terminal IND on the
ignition control, causing the induced draft
blower to start.
2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent
to the W terminal on the blower control board.
Approximately 60 seconds after W terminal ener-
gizes, the timer on the blower control board
closes the heat speed relay on the board. This
sends line voltage to the H terminal on the blower
control board, which starts the circulating air
blower.
3. The induced draft blower and the circulating air
blower continue to operate as long as W is energized.
4. When W de-energizes, a relay in the ignition
control opens. Terminal IND de-energizes and the
induced draft blower shuts down. Approximately
90 seconds later, the circulating air blower also
shuts down.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-25
9. When W de-energizes, the gas valve immediately
shuts down and the induced draft blower also
stops after several seconds.
10. The blower control board starts a countdown to
blower “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, the
circulating air blower shuts down.
Note: If the P.SW and TH terminals energize at the
same time, the ignition control will not respond.
A pressure switch being stuck closed is an
example of what would cause this to happen.
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED
LIMIT OPENS
If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for
heat, the following happens:
1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in
the unit is too high, the circuit between terminals C
and NC on the limit switch opens. This closes the
circuit between terminals C and NO on the limit
switch, interrupting the 24-volt signal to the pressure switch and the rollout switch and causing
terminal P.SW on the ignition control to deenergize. The gas valve immediately closes, as
there is no longer a 24-volt signal at terminal V1 on
the ignition control. With 24 volts still going to the
blower control board and terminal TH on the
ignition control, the circulating air blower and
induced draft blower continue to run.
2. The circulating air blower and the induced draft
blower continue to run as long as there is a call for
heat from the thermostat or the limit switch
remains open.
3. When the limit switch senses that the temperature
in the unit is low enough, the circuit between C and
NO opens and the circuit between C and NC
closes.
4. With the limit switch closed, the unit again makes
a trial for ignition and returns to normal operation.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)
1. If blockage of the flue occurs, the negative pressure
in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set
point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.
This interrupts the 24-volt signal coming from
terminal NC on the limit switch. Terminal P.SW on
the ignition control de-energizes, as does terminal
V1. With loss of the 24-volt signal to the gas valve,
the valve closes immediately.
2. Terminals TH on the ignition control and W on the
blower control board remain energized. The
induced draft blower and the circulating air
blower continue to run.
3. When the pressure switch senses that there is
enough negative pressure within the flue, it will
again close the circuit between the limit switch and
terminal P.SW on the ignition control.
4. The unit makes a trial for ignition and returns to
normal operation.
1. If the conditions in the burner compartment cause
the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch
open. This interrupts the 24-volt signal going to
terminal P.SW on the ignition control, causing
terminal V1 on the ignition control to de-energize.
This interrupts the 24-volt signal to the gas valve
and immediately closes it. Since terminal TH on the
ignition control and W on the blower control
board remain energized, the induced draft
blower and the circulating air blower continue to
run.
2. The 24-volt signal to the ignition control can only
be restored if the rollout switch is manually reset.
3. Once the cause of the rollout switch being tripped
has been determined, the switch can be reset.
4. With the rollout switch reset, terminal P.SW on the
ignition control again energizes. The ignition
control makes a trial for ignition and operation
returns to normal.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-26
HWC122, 182, 242, 302
(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Contr
ol)
Control)
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
OPERATING MODE
208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS
POWER SUPPLY
ONLY
WHITE
LIMIT
SWITCH
C
NC
WHITE
WHITE
FLAME
SENSOR
WHITE
NO
MANUAL
RESET
PRESSURE
SWITCH
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)
LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD
RED
BLUE
BLUE
BLACK
BLACK
V1
P.SW
S1
TS
IND
L1
V2
ORANGE
ORANGE
IGNITION
CONTROL
GAS
VALVE
CIRCUIT
R-W
R-G-Y
R-G
HEATING
COOLING
FAN
WHITE
R
R
W
W
Y
G
Y
G
BROWN
GND
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
GREEN
WHITE
RED
YELLOW
BLUE
GREEN
RED
ELECTRODE
CABLE
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED,
THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE
WIRE MUST BE USED.
BLACK
BROWN
C
YELLOW
HERM
BLACK
S
R
L1
T1
RED
T2
L2
BLOWER
CONTROL
CAPACITY
BLOWER
H
L1
BLOWER
MOTOR
C
R
W
G
BLUE
BLK
BROWN
C
BLK
BLK
BLUE
RED
YEL
BLACK
240V
BLUE
RED
BLK
COMP T’STAT
(IF USED)
SEE TABLE
208V
TRANSFORMER
YEL
RED
RED
SEE TABLE
FOR WIRING
BLACK
CONTACTOR
YEL
YEL
TIME DELAY
(IF USED)
RED
FAN
COM
BLUE
CONDENSER FAN
VIOLET
BLACK
CAPACITOR-RUN
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
SPEED CONNECTIONS
MODELS HEATING COOLING
26HWC122 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)
38HWC122 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)
38HWC182 LOW (RED) LOW (RED)
51HWC182 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED)
64HWC182 HIGH (BLK) LOW (RED)
38HWC242 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)
51HWC242 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)
64HWC242 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)
51HWC302 MED (BLUE) HIGH (BLK)
64HWC302 HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK)
*
JUMPER REQUIRED
*
*
*
#39007D4
WHITE
GREEN
Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated with an “SA” in the model
number), sequence of operation during cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall
below the normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient switch equipped
version of this unit, see the section beginning on page 2-38.
Connection Diagram
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-5
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-27
Simplified Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302
(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)
Refer to Figure 2-5
CALL FOR HEAT
CALL FOR COOLING
1. The thermostat energizes the R-W circuit, sending a
24-volt signal to the W wire at the unit.
2. The 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition control,
closing the combustion blower relay and causing the
combustion blower to run.
3. The 24-volt signal is also sent to the blower control
board, starting a 30-second circulation air blower
“on” delay.
4. As the combustion blower reaches full speed, it
closes the pressure switch.
5. A 24-volt signal is sent from the pressure switch to
the ignition control. Following a 30-second prepurge delay, this signal energizes the spark terminal.
6. The gas valve solenoid energizes at the same time
as the spark terminal, causing the gas valve to open
and the burners to light.
7. The spark ignitor continues to spark for approximately six seconds or until flame is sensed by the
flame sensor electrode.
8. The unit will operate normally until the R-W circuit is
de-energized by the thermostat, interrupting the 24volt signal to the unit.
9. When the signal is interrupted, the gas valve deenergizes and closes immediately.
10. The combustion blower relay de-energizes several
seconds later, causing the combustion blower to
stop.
11. The blower control board starts a 90-second
circulating air blower “off” delay.
12. Following the 90-second delay, the circulating air
blower stops.
1. A call for cooling closes the circuit from R to Y and
G.
2. A 24-volt signal is sent to blower control board
terminal G and to the compressor contactor. The
contactor closes, sending line voltage to the compressor and the outdoor condenser fan.
3. With a 24-volt signal at terminal G on the blower
control board, the circulating air blower starts in
cooling speed 15 seconds later (see note below).
4. When the cooling call is completed, G and Y deenergize. The contactor opens immediately, stopping the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.
When G de-energizes, the timer to turn off the
circulating air blower starts. The blower turns off
after 90 seconds (see note below).
FLAME SENSE
FAN ON
1. When the thermostat switch is moved to the “FAN
ON” position, the circuit between R and G closes.
2. The 24-volt signal from G goes to the blower control
board which starts the timer.
3. Fifteen seconds after terminal G on the blower
control board energizes (or immediately after - see
note below), the circulating air blower starts.
4. When terminal G on the blower control board deenergizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air
blower starts. The blower turns off after 90 seconds
(see note below).
Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”
delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90
seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no
“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. After the spark electrode has lit the main burners,
the ignition control waits approximately six seconds
for a flame sense signal.
2. If a flame sense signal is not received after approximately six seconds, the ignition control de-energizes the spark terminal and gas valve.
3. The thermostat R-W circuit sends a 24-volt signal to
the blower control board, starting the circulating air
blower (after a 30-second delay).
4. The unit initiates three trials for ignition (flame
sense) before system lockout.
Detailed Sequence follows
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-28
Detailed Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302
(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)
Refer to Figure 2-5
POWER
Line Voltage
When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is
sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the
thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied
to both black wires located in the junction block on top
of the unit.
Line voltage will be present at the following locations:
First black wire
1. L-1 on the ignition module
2. L-1 on the contactor
3. L-1 on the blower control board
4. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or
240V (whichever is being used)
Second black wire
1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower
2. L-2 on the contactor
3. Common terminal on the transformer
4. T-2 on the contactor
5. Red wire on the R terminal of the compressor
6. Red wire to the common terminals on the capacitors
Low Voltage (24 VAC)
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24
volts A/C will be found at these points:
1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit
2. Terminal marked 24VAC on the ignition control
3. Terminal R on the blower control board
CALL FOR HEAT
Line Voltage
The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.
The following is the sequence of operation for the line
voltage side of the unit:
Low Voltage
1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat
between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the
white wire on the unit.
2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit
switch, ignition control terminal TS and terminal
W on the blower control board.
3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to
circulating air blower “on”. The blower starts in
approximately 60 seconds.
4. The 24-volt signal sent to the TS terminal closes a
relay in the ignition control. This starts the
induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND
on the ignition control.
5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed
and creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. The 24-volt signal is sent from
the pressure switch to one side of the Normally
Closed manual reset rollout switch. If the
rollout switch is closed, the 24-volt signal is
passed through the switch to the P.SW terminal on
the ignition control. This initiates a 30-second prepurge period.
6. After the 30-second pre-purge period, a trial for
ignition starts by energizing the spark terminal and
the V1 terminal simultaneously. The 24-volt signal
from V1 energizes the gas valve solenoid, causing
it to open. These actions cause the burners to light.
7. After the burners are lit, a flame sense is picked up
by the flame sense rod located at the opposite
end of the burner rack from the spark electrodes.
The flame sense signal is sent to the S1 terminal of
the ignition control. The unit continues to operate
as long as W is energized.
8. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted, de-energizing W.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. Terminal TS (24-volt) energizes on the ignition
control, causing a relay in the ignition control to
close. This sends line voltage to the terminal
marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to
start.
2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent to
the W terminal on the blower control board. The
24-volt signal starts the timer on the blower control board. After 60 seconds, the heat speed relay
on the blower control board closes. This sends
line voltage from the terminal marked HEAT to the
circulating air blower, starting the blower. The
induced draft blower and the circulating air
blower continue to operate until the heat call is
satisfied, interrupting the circuit between R and W.
The W terminal de-energizes, causing the blower
relay to open approximately 90 seconds later. This
interrupts the line voltage to the circulating air
blower and the blower shuts down.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-29
9. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immediately and the induced draft blower stops several
seconds later.
10. The blower control board starts a 90-second
circulating air blower “off” delay. Approximately
90 seconds later, the blower stops.
FLAME SENSE
1. During a call for heat, the spark terminal is energized and the gas valve is opened to light the
burners.
2. The ignition control energizes the spark terminal
and the gas valve for approximately six seconds. If
a flame is not sensed in this time period, the ignition control de-energizes the spark terminal and
the gas valve. This causes the gas valve to close
and the burners to shut off.
3. Since the 24-volt signal has been sent to the
blower control board, the circulating air blower
times “on” in approximately 60 seconds.
4. The induced draft blower continues to run for
approximately 30 seconds, then another trial for
ignition begins.
5. The ignition control runs three trials for ignition. If
a flame is not sensed during these three trials, the
ignition control will lockout.
6. The circulating air blower continues to run until
the R-W circuit at the thermostat is interrupted.
7. The ignition control remains in lockout until 24-volt
power to the ignition control is reset.
LIMIT OPENS
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for
heat, the following happens:
1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in
the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals
C and NC on the limit switch open and the contacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the
24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also deenergizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control.
The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt
signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The
induced draft blower and the circulating air
blower continue to run. Power to blower control
board terminal W is maintained. The blower
continues to run until the limit switch closes or the
heat call at the thermostat is satisfied.
2. When the limit switch senses that the temperatures in the unit are normal, the contacts between
terminals C and NO open, the contacts between
terminals C and NC close and the operation of the
unit returns to normal.
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)
1. If blockage of the flue occurs, negative pressure in
the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set
point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.
This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW
on the ignition control. The gas valve closes
immediately, as a relay in the ignition control
opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the
ignition control.
2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays
energized and the circulating air blower continues to run. If negative pressure is restored, the
pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal
to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The
ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and
the operation returns to normal.
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED
1. If conditions in the burner compartment cause the
rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch
open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the
ignition control to de-energize terminal V1,
interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and
immediately closing it.
2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be
determined before any corrective action is taken.
3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if
the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done
manually. The W terminal on the blower control
board remains energized and the circulating air
blower continues to operate. Once the rollout
switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to
normal.
CALL FOR COOLING
Line Voltage
On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit
between Y, G and R.
1. With Y energized, the contactor closes. This
sends line voltage to compressor terminal C,
causing the compressor to start. The outdoor fan
also starts, drawing air through the outdoor coil.
2. Terminal G on the blower control board also
energizes at same time as Y. This starts the timer
on the blower control board. Approximately 15
seconds later (or immediately - see note on page 230), the terminal marked COOL energizes. This
sends line voltage to the circulating air blower,
starting the blower.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-30
3. The unit continues cooling as long as both Y and G
are energized. When the cooling call is satisfied,
the circuit between Y, G and R is interrupted. The
contactor immediately opens, interrupting power to
the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.
4. With the low voltage signal to terminal G on the
blower control board interrupted, the board starts
a countdown to blower “off”. After approximately 90
seconds, the cooling speed relay opens and the
circulating air blower shuts down (see note at the
end of this section).
Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on”
delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90
seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no
“on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay.
Low Voltage
1. On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the
circuit between R and terminals G and Y.
2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal G on the
blower control board, starting the fan “on” timer.
After approximately 15 seconds, the relay closes
(see note at the end of this section). This sends line
voltage to the COOLING speed terminal on the
board, which starts the circulating air blower.
3. The signal from Y energizes the contactor, starting
the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan.
4. When the cooling call is satisfied, both G and Y deenergize. The contactor opens immediately,
causing the compressor and the outdoor cooling
fan to stop.
5. The circulating air blower stops approximately 90
seconds after the G terminal on the blower control
board de-energizes (see note at the end of this
section).
FAN ON
Low Voltage
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. When the switch on the thermostat is moved to the
“FAN ON” position, a 24-volt signal is sent to the G
terminal on the blower control board.
2. With G energized, the blower control board starts
a countdown to fan “on”. Approximately 15 seconds
later (or immediately - see note at the end of this
section), the fan starts.
3. The blower control board closes a relay on the
board, sending line voltage to the terminal on the
board marked COOL. This starts the circulating
air blower.
4. When the switch at the thermostat is moved to the
“OFF” position, the 24-volt signal to the blower
control board is interrupted. With no signal at the
G terminal, the blower control board starts a
countdown to fan “off”. Approximately 90 seconds
later, a relay on the blower control board opens
(see note at the end of this section). This interrupts
the power to and stops the circulating air blower.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-31
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
BLANK PAGE
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-32
HW (Heating Only)
(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
OPERATING MODE
BROWN
MANUAL
RESET
WHITE
WHITE FLAME
NO
LIMIT
SWITCH
NC
PRESSURE
SWITCH
WHITE
WHITE
SENSOR
C
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)
LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)
LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD
WHITE
RED
BLUE
BLUE
ORANGE
ORANGE
BLACK
BLACK
V1
P.SW
S1
TS
IND
L1
IGNITION V2
CONTROL
GAS
VALVE
R
R
W
W
Y
G
Y
G
GND
BLACK
BLACK
GREEN
WHITE
RED
YELLOW
BLUE
GREEN
RED
ELECTRODE
CABLE
CIRCUIT
R-W
HEATING
208/230-1-60
COPPER CONDUCTORS
POWER SUPPLY
ONLY
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
BLACK
BLACK
THERMOSTAT
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED,
THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE
WIRE MUST BE USED.
BLUE
C
BLACK
BLUE
RED
YELLOW
BROWN
CAPACITOR
BLOWER
BLOWER
CONTROL
BLOWER
MOTOR
BLACK
TRANSFORMER
L1
H
BLOWER
R
W
208
240
BLUE
SEE CHART
FOR WIRING
GREEN
WHITE
RED
YELLOW
MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS
HEATING
MODELS
LOW (RED)
26HW
HIGH (BLACK)
38HW
MED (BLUE)
51HW
HIGH (BLACK)
64HW
WHITE
RED
#39247D1
Connection Diagram
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-6
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-33
Simplified Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal 05-29 Board)
Refer to Figure 2-6
CALL FOR HEAT
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. The indoor thermostat calls for heat by energizing
the R-W circuit.
2. This sends a 24-volt signal to the ignition control,
causing the induced draft blower to run.
3. A 24-volt signal is also sent to the blower control
board at this time, starting a 60-second circulating
air blower “on” delay. The circulating air blower
starts 60 seconds after the initial call for heat.
4. The induced draft blower causes the pressure
switch to close which starts a 30-second pre-purge.
After the pre-purge period, the burners ignite.
5. The unit operates in the heating mode until the
indoor thermostat setting is reached and the R-W
circuit is interrupted.
6. When the R-W circuit is interrupted, the 24-volt
signal to the ignition control and the signal to the
blower control board are interrupted.
7. The induced draft blower stops within several
seconds and a 90-second circulating air blower “off”
delay starts. Following the delay period, the circulating air blower shuts off.
Detailed Sequence follows
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-34
Detailed Sequence - HW
(w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control)
Refer to Figure 2-6
POWER
Line Voltage
When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is
sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the
thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied
to both black wires located in the junction block on top
of the unit.
Line voltage will be present at the following locations:
First black wire
1. L-1 on the ignition module
2. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or
240V (whichever is being used)
3. Circulating air blower capacitor terminal
Second black wire
1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower
2. Common terminal on the transformer
3. Terminal L-1 on the blower control board
Low Voltage (24 VAC)
With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24
volts A/C will be found at these points:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Red wire exiting the top of the unit
Terminal R on the blower control board
Terminal NO on the limit switch
Terminal on the transformer marked 24V
CALL FOR HEAT
Line Voltage
The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W.
The following is the sequence of operation for the line
voltage side of the unit:
Low Voltage
1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat
between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the
white wire on the unit.
2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit
switch, ignition control terminal TS and terminal
W on the blower control board.
3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to
circulating air blower “on”. The blower starts in
approximately 60 seconds.
4. The 24-volt signal sent to the TS terminal closes a
relay in the ignition control. This starts the
induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND
on the ignition control.
5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed
and creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. The 24-volt signal is sent from
the pressure switch to one side of the Normally
Closed manual reset rollout switch. If the
rollout switch is closed, the 24-volt signal is
passed through the switch to the P.SW terminal on
the ignition control. This initiates a 30-second
pre-purge period.
6. After the 30-second pre-purge period, a trial for
ignition starts by energizing the spark terminal and
the V1 terminal simultaneously. The 24-volt signal
from V1 energizes the gas valve solenoid, causing
it to open. These actions cause the burners to light.
7. After the burners are lit, a flame sense is picked up
by the flame sense rod located at the opposite
end of the burner rack from the spark electrodes.
The flame sense signal is sent to the S1 terminal of
the ignition control. The unit continues to operate
as long as W is energized.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1. Terminal TS (24-volt) energizes on the ignition
control, causing a relay in the ignition control to
close. This sends line voltage to the terminal
marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to
start.
2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent
to the W terminal on the blower control board.
The 24-volt signal starts the timer on the blower
control board. After 60 seconds, the relay on the
blower control board closes. This sends line
voltage from the terminal marked L-1 to the terminal
marked H on the blower control board, starting
the circulating air blower. The induced draft
blower and the circulating air blower continue to
operate until the heat call is satisfied, interrupting
the circuit between R and W. The ignition control
de-energizes the induced draft blower relay,
interrupting L-1 power to the induced draft blower.
The induced draft blower stops several seconds
later. The W terminal on the blower control board
de-energizes, starting a 90-second blower “off”
delay. This interrupts the line voltage to the circulating air blower and after 90 seconds, the blower
shuts down.
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-35
8. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted, de-energizing W.
9. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immediately and the induced draft blower stops several
seconds later.
10. The blower control board starts a 90-second
blower “off” delay. Approximately 90 seconds later,
the blower stops.
FLAME SENSE
1. During a call for heat, the spark terminal is energized and the gas valve is opened to light the
burners.
2. The ignition control energizes the spark terminal
and the gas valve for approximately six seconds. If
a flame is not sensed in this time period, the ignition control de-energizes the spark terminal and
the gas valve. This causes the gas valve to close
and the burners to shut off.
3. Since the 24-volt signal has been sent to the
blower control board, the circulating air blower
times on in approximately 60 seconds.
4. The induced draft blower continues to run for
approximately 30 seconds, then another trial for
ignition begins.
5. The ignition control runs three trials for ignition. If
a flame is not sensed during these three trials, the
ignition control will lockout.
6. The circulating air blower continues to run until
the R-W circuit at the thermostat is interrupted.
7. The ignition control remains in lockout until 24-volt
power to the ignition control is reset.
LIMIT OPENS
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for
heat, the following happens:
1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in
the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals
C and NC on the limit switch open and the contacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the
24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also deenergizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control.
The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt
signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The
induced draft blower and the circulating air
blower continue to run. Power to blower control
board terminal W is maintained. The blower
continues to run until the limit switch closes or the
heat call at the thermostat is satisfied.
2. When the limit switch senses that the temperatures in the unit are normal, the contacts between
terminals C and NO open, the contacts between
terminals C and NC close and the operation of the
unit returns to normal.
PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE)
1. If blockage of the flue occurs, negative pressure in
the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set
point of the pressure switch, the contacts open.
This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW
on the ignition control. The gas valve closes
immediately, as a relay in the ignition control
opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the
ignition control.
2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays
energized and the circulating air blower continues to run. If negative pressure is restored, the
pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal
to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The
ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and
the operation returns to normal.
ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED
1. If conditions in the burner compartment cause the
rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch
open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the
ignition control to de-energize terminal V1,
interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and
immediately closing it.
2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be
determined before any corrective action is taken.
3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if
the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done
manually. The W terminal on the blower control
board remains energized and the circulating air
blower continues to operate. Once the rollout
switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to
normal.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-36
HWC123, 183, 243, 303 Low Ambient
(w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System)
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS
POWER SUPPLY
ONLY
OPERATING MODE
HEATING
COOLING
FAN
}
YELLOW
RED
BLUE
BLACK
COOL
BLACK
(WHEN USED)
WHITE
IGNITION
CONTROL
4 5 6
1 2 3
RED
LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED
LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD
ELECTRODE
GND
24VAC
Y C W G R
PRESSURE
SWITCH
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
VIOLET
UNUSED
HEAT
L1
CNB
WHITE
RED
GREEN
BLACK
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
R
R
G
G
Y
Y
W
W
RED
BLUE
YELLOW
ORANGE
THERMOSTAT
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE
SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE
MUST BE USED.
GREEN
ORANGE
ORANGE
AUTO RESET
MANUAL RESET
LIMIT SWITCH
LIMIT SWITCH
}
FLAME ROD
GAS
VALVE BLUE
VIOLET
CIRCUIT
R-W
R-G-Y
R-G
RED
BLACK
FAN CONTROL
BLK
FAN RELAY
208 V
BLACK
CONDENSER FAN
CONTACTOR
BLACK
BROWN
FAN
COM
240 V
BLK
VIOLET
CAPACITOR-RUN
C
YELLOW
S COMP
HERM
R
BLACK
T1
L1
T2
L2
RED
RED
RED
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
BLUE
RED
TRANSFORMER
YELLOW
EVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS
MODELS
HEATING
COOLING
26HWC123SA LOW (RED)
MED (BLUE)
38HWC123SA HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE)
38HWC183SA LOW (RED)
LOW (RED)*
51HWC183SA MED (BLUE) LOW (RED)
64HWC183SA HIGH(BLACK) LOW (RED)
MED (BLUE)
38HWC243SA LOW (RED)
51HWC243SA MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)*
64HWC243SA HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE)
51HWC303SA MED (BLUE) HIGH(BLACK)
64HWC303SA HIGH(BLACK) HIGH(BLACK)*
*JUMPER REQUIRED
BLUE
#45005-2
YELLOW
SEE
CHART
FOR WIRING
BLACK
YELLOW
BROWN
CAPACITOR
BLOWER
BLUE
RED
DIAGNOSTICS
H
M
L
TERMINAL
BLOCK
Connection Diagram
The following blower/ignition control board
LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal
operations:
SLOW FLASH
Normal Operation, No
Call for Heat
FAST FLASH
Normal Operation, Call for
Heat
2 FLASH
System Lockout - Failed to
Detect or Sustain Flame
3 FLASH
Pressure Switch Open or
Closed
4 FLASH
High Limit or Rollout
Switch Open
5 FLASH
Flame Sensed and Gas
Valve Not Energized
STEADY
Internal Failure
(Micro-controller Failure;
Self-check)
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-7
BLOWER
MOTOR
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-37
HWC123,183, 243, 303
Low Ambient Model
Refer to Figure 2-7
The low ambient switch is designed to allow the operation of the air conditioning unit below the normal operating range. On units equipped with this switch, sequence
of operation during a cooling call is modified when
outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating
range.
The switch will interrupt the operation of the outdoor
cooling fan when the temperature of the liquid line
coming in from the outdoor coil falls below 55° F. When
the temperature of the liquid line rises to 95° F, the
switch will close and the outdoor fan will resume operation.
The low ambient switch does not affect any other facet
of the operation of the unit.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation
for the HWC123, 183, 243, 303 models, refer to pages
2-5 to 2-9.
SPECIFICATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
2-38
HWC122, 182, 242, 302 Low Ambient
CIRCUITS ENERGIZED
OPERATING MODE
WHITE
PRESSURE
SWITCH
C
WHITE
R
R
W
Y
G
W THERMOSTAT
Y
G
BROWN
COMBUSTION
BLOWER
BLACK
BLACK
NOTE:
IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL
WIRES ARE REPLACED,
THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE
WIRE MUST BE USED.
GREEN
WHITE
RED
YELLOW
BLUE
GREEN
RED
BLACK
BLACK
BLUE
BLUE
V2
GND
ELECTRODE
CABLE
GAS
VALVE
NC
RED
WHITE
ORN
ORN
NO
MANUAL
RESET
WHITE
TH
P.SW
VI
IND
L1
24VAC
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED)
LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD
LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY
LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD
LIMIT
SWITCH
PINK
IGNITION
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
R-W
R-G-Y
R-G
HEATING
COOLING
FAN
208/230-1-60
COPPER CONDUCTORS
POWER SUPPLY
ONLY
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
CONNECTOR
BLOCK
CONDENSER FAN
VIOLET
CAPACITOR-RUN
BLACK
BLACK
FAN
RELAY
CONTACTOR
C
S
HERM
R
BLACK
RED
BRN
CAPACITOR
BLOWER
BLOWER
MOTOR
C
H
L1
BLACK
BLK
BLU
RED
T2
L2
1
BLACK
BLACK
208V
C
R
W
G
SEE TABLE
BLUE
BLUE
RED
YELLOW
YELLOW
WHITE
GREEN
24V
3
FAN
CONTROL
BLACK
240V
TRANSFORMER
SEE TABLE
FOR WIRING
YEL
L1
BLACK
RED
RED
T1
RED
BROWN
YELLOW
BLUE
FAN
COM
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
SPEED CONNECTIONS
MODELS HEATING COOLING
26HWC122 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)
38HWC122 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)
38HWC182 LOW (RED) LOW (RED)
51HWC182 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED)
64HWC182 HIGH (BLK) LOW (RED)
38HWC242 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE)
51HWC242 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)
64HWC242 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE)
51HWC302 MED (BLUE) HIGH (BLK)
64HWC302 HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK)
*
JUMPER REQUIRED
*
*
*
#44358-2
Connection Diagram
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 2-8
Service Reference Manual
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
2-39
HWC122,182, 242, 302
Low Ambient Model
Refer to Figure 2-8
The low ambient switch is designed to allow the operation of the air conditioning unit below the normal operating range. On units equipped with this switch, sequence
of operation during a cooling call is modified when
outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating
range.
The switch will interrupt the operation of the outdoor
cooling fan when the temperature of the liquid line
coming in from the outdoor coil falls below 55° F. When
the temperature of the liquid line rises to 95° F, the
switch will close and the outdoor fan will resume operation.
The low ambient switch does not affect any other facet
of the operation of the unit.
To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation
for the HWC122, 182, 242, 302 models equipped with
the Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control, refer to
pages 2-17 to 2-20.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation
for the HWC122, 182, 242, 302 models equipped with
the Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control, refer to pages 2-27 to
2-30.
Service Reference Manual
UNIT TEAR DOWN
3-1
Section 3 - Unit Tear Down
Heating Section
Heat Exchanger Removal ............................ 3-2
Induced Draft Blower Removal ..................... 3-2
Cooling Section
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Chassis Removal ........................................ 3-4
Evaporator Blower Assembly Removal .......... 3-6
UNIT TEAR DOWN
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
3-2
UNIT TEAR DOWN
HWC units are comprised of two major sections.
The heating section is located in the top half of the unit. It contains the
heat exchanger and the majority of the components associated with the
heating function: controls, burners, switches, etc.... The total heating
section is not removable as a complete unit. The heat exchanger may be
removed separately for service (see below).
The cooling section is located in the lower half of the unit. It contains
the compressor, coils and motors that make up the refrigeration system.
The cooling section is referred to as the “chassis” of the cooling system.
The chassis is removable as a complete unit. Removal of the chassis
allows service to be performed away from the job site, thus allowing a
spare chassis to be installed to reduce downtime at a residence. Bench
tests may be performed on chassis. See the Performance Test section
beginning on page 9-11 for chassis performance data of both bench
tested and installed units.
Heating Section
Heat Exchanger Removal:
The heat exchanger may be removed from the unit through the front side.
Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-1.
To remove the heat exchanger:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Disconnect all power to the unit.
Shut off and disconnect the gas supply.
Open the burner access panel.
Remove the burner tray and the gas valve.
Remove the front heat section panel.
Remove the vestibule panel.
Remove the heat exchanger.
Induced Draft (Combustion) Blower Removal:
Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-1.
To remove the induced draft blower:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect all power to the unit.
Shut off and disconnect the gas supply.
Remove the plate mounting screws.
Slide the induced draft blower out.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT TEAR DOWN
3-3
PLATE MOUNTING
SCREWS
INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER/
COMBUSTION BLOWER
HEAT EXCHANGER
FRONT HEAT
SECTION PANEL
GAS VALVE
HEATING SECTION
VESTIBULE PANEL
CONTROL SECTION
BURNER TRAY
COOLING SECTION
BURNER ACCESS PANEL
FILTER ACCESS DOOR
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Figure 3-1
UNIT TEAR DOWN
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
3-4
Cooling Section
Chassis Removal:
The cooling chassis may be removed from behind the filter access door.
Refer to the following directions and Figures 3-1 to 3-4.
To remove the cooling chassis:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Disconnect all power to the unit.
Shut off and disconnect the gas supply.
Remove the filter access door (Figure 3-1).
Disconnect L1 and L2 from the compressor contactor (Figure 3-2).
Disconnect the 6-pin low voltage molex plug (Figure 3-2).
Remove the filler panel by removing the four hold down screws
(Figure 3-2).
Remove the right side chassis screw (Figure 3-2).
Remove the permagum seal on the base rails of the chassis (Figure
3-4).
Disconnect the drain tube from the evaporator drain pan (Figure 3-3).
Remove the chassis from the front of the unit, pulling it toward
yourself (Figure 3-4).
L1/L2 WIRES
RIGHT SIDE
CHASSIS SCREW
HOLD DOWN
SCREWS
FILLER PANEL
6-PIN
LOW VOLTAGE
MOLEX PLUG
Figure 3-2
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT TEAR DOWN
3-5
EVAPORATOR BLOWER MOTOR
Figure 3-3
EVAPORATOR
COMPRESSOR
EVAPORATOR DRAIN
TUBE CONNECTION
EVAPORATOR DRAIN PAN
CHASSIS SHOWN
PARTIALLY REMOVED
LOW VOLTAGE
MOLEX PLUG
Figure 3-4
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
EVAPORATOR DRAIN
TUBE CONNECTION
PERMAGUM SEAL
DRAIN HOSE (NOT PICTURED)
ARMSTRONG P/N 03613A001
17" LONG
.63" (5/8") I.D.
.13" WALL THICKNESS
UNIT TEAR DOWN
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
3-6
Evaporator Blower Assembly Removal:
The evaporator blower assembly is removable as one complete section.
To remove the assembly, the chassis must be removed first (see page 34). Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-5.
To remove the evaporator blower assembly:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the four mounting screws from the blower assembly.
Remove the four control panel screws.
Slide control panel toward yourself about 1".
Disconnect the electrical wiring to the motor.
Pull blower assembly up and out from chassis.
MOUNTING SCREWS
EVAPORATOR BLOWER
ASSEMBLY
ION
TAT
RO
CONTROL PANEL
SCREWS
Figure 3-5
CHASSIS BASE
PERMAGUM SEAL
(BETWEEN BASE RAIL AND CHASSIS BASE)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
4-1
Section 4 - Component Location
Illustrations
HW/HWC(3) Unit ................................. 4-2
HW/HWC(2) Unit ................................. 4-3
HW/HWC - Panels................................ 4-4
HW/HWC - Exterior Louver/Grill Panel .. 4-5
HWC Chassis Assembly ........................ 4-6
HWC Chassis Assembly - Top View ......... 4-7
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
HWC Chassis Assembly Circulating Air Blower Partially Removed 4-8
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
4-2
HW/HWC123,183,243,303
IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL BOARD (*24)
UNITED TECHNOLOGIES 1097-83-400A/1097-400-I (DSI)*
ARMSTRONG P/N 44990-001
MAIN LIMIT SWITCH (*52)
ARMSTRONG P/N 40154B007
GAS VALVE
HONEYWELL VR8105M8202
ARMSTRONG P/N 44987-001
HEATING SECTION
CONTROL SECTION
PRESSURE SWITCH (*57)
COOLING SECTION
BURNER TRAY
* SEE COMPONENT SECTION FOR FURTHER
DETAIL OF IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL
FIGURE 4-1
The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
4-3
HW/HWC122, 182, 242, 302
FENWAL IGNITION CONTROL - 2 MODELS (*24)
FENWAL TRITON 2461D 900-227 - ARMSTRONG P/N 43110-002
FENWAL 05-29 - ARMSTRONG P/N 39048B001
(SEE NOTE BELOW)
MAIN LIMIT
SWITCH (*52)
FLUE BOX
INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER/
COMBUSTION BLOWER (*63)
ARMSTRONG P/N 41144-001
GAS VALVE (*7)
WHITE RODGERS 25K49-120
ARMSTRONG P/N 43108-001
COMBUSTION AIR INLET (5")
HEATING SECTION
BURNER COVER
BURNER TRAY ASSEMBLY
BECKETT BURNER MODELS:
TL109A-26K
TL109B-38K
TL109C-51K
TL109D-64K
CONTROL SECTION
COOLING SECTION
INDIVIDUAL BURNERS (*34)
BECKETT - ARMSTRONG P/N 41948-001
ARMSTRONG - ARMSTRONG P/N 39006B001
FLAME ROLLOUT SWITCH (*55)
PRESSURE SWITCH (*57)
NOTE:
SEE COMPONENT SECTION FOR FURTHER
DETAIL OF IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL MODELS
FIGURE 4-2
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
4-4
HW/HWC - Panels
HEAT EXCHANGER ACCESS PANEL
ARMSTRONG P/N 38782D001
TOP PANEL ASSEMBLY
ARMSTRONG P/N 03455D007
INSPECTION WINDOW
ARMSTRONG P/N 38092A002
SIDE PANEL
ARMSTRONG P/N 38769D001
UPPER LOUVER PANEL
ARMSTRONG P/N 03545C000
LOWER GRILL
PANEL
ARMSTRONG
P/N 03551D100
COOLING CONTROL
ACCESS PANEL
ARMSTRONG P/N 03938C004
HEATING COMPARTMENT DOOR
ARMSTRONG P/N 38987B004
DOOR HANDLE
ARMSTRONG
P/N 37701B001
SIDE PANEL
ARMSTRONG P/N 38769D002
FILTER ACCESS DOOR
ARMSTRONG P/N 38785D001
(FILTER - 16.5" x 25" x .50"
ARMSTRONG P/N 06131B046)
UNIT BASE SECTION*
ARMSTRONG P/N 34805B003
UNIT BASE SECTION*
ARMSTRONG P/N 38771D101
* THE BASE PAN ASSEMBLY CONSISTS OF 2 SECTIONS
FIGURE 4-3
Note: Panels and other associated parts found in the drawing above are not listed in the Parts List section that
begins on page 8-1.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
4-5
HW/HWC Exterior Louver/Grill Panel
SIDE VIEW
CONDENSER
AIR FLOW
OUTLET
EXTERIOR UPPER LOUVER PANEL
ARMSTRONG P/N 03545C000
LOUVERS POINT UPWARD
AT 45° ANGLE
EXTERIOR LOWER GRILL PANEL
ARMSTRONG P/N 03551D100
CONDENSER
AIR FLOW
INLET
GRILL IS FLAT WITH
RECTANGULAR OPENINGS
FIGURE 4-4
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Note: Panels found in the drawing above are not listed in the Parts List section that begins on page 8-1.
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
4-6
HWC Chassis Assembly
EVAPORATOR BLOWER MOTOR (*69)
COMPRESSOR CAPACITOR (*271)
COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR (*278)
ARMSTRONG P/N 03575C001
CONDENSING FAN SHROUD
CONDENSING FAN
CAPACITOR (*271)
CONDENSER FAN (*267, 268)
CONDENSING COIL (*250)
CAPILLARY TUBE
METERING DEVICE (*256)
BLOWER CONTROL BOARD (*5)
ARMSTRONG P/N 39029B002
FILTER RETAINER
ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001
FILTER DRIER/DISTRIBUTOR (*301)
(12) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B001
(18-24) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B002
(30) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B003
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROL TRANSFORMER (*1)
ARMSTRONG P/N 39370B001
SUCTION LINE/PORT
FILTER STOP
ARMSTRONG P/N 38073BOO1
FILTER SIZE 16.5" X 25.5" X .5"
EVAPORATOR (*255)
DISCHARGE LINE/PORT
COMPRESSOR (*262)
FILTER RETAINER
EVAPORATOR DRAIN PAN ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001
ARMSTRONG P/N 38918B001
FIGURE 4-5
The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
4-7
HWC Chassis Assembly - Top View
SEE FIGURE 4-7 FOR
CIRCULATING AIR BLOWER
COMPONENTS
CONDENSER MOTOR (*267)
(12-18) ARMSTRONG P/N 41282-001
(24-30) ARMSTRONG P/N 41254-001
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR BRACKET (*269)
ARMSTRONG P/N 03982D004
FAN SHROUD
FAN BLADE (*268)
(12-18) ARMSTRONG P/N 39085B001 (3 BLADE/24° PITCH/18”)
(24-30) ARMSTRONG P/N 39062B001 (5 BLADE/26° PITCH/18”)
FIGURE 4-6
The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 3-7
TOP VIEW — HWC CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
4-8
HWC Chassis Assembly Circulating Air Blower Partially Removed
BLOWER WHEEL (*73)
ARMSTRONG P/N 34833B001
10.75" x 4"
ION
TAT
RO
CIRCULATING AIR BLOWER MOTOR (*69)
(12) ARMSTRONG P/N 39045B001
(24-30) 39046B001
MOTOR MOUNTING BRACKET (*71, 72)
BAND - ARMSTRONG P/N 07407B000 (1)
ARMS - ARMSTRONG P/N 07408B004 (3)
SEE FIGURE 4-6
FOR FAN CONDENSING
PARTS
BLOWER HOUSING (*74)
ARMSTRONG P/N 39010B001
FILTER RETAINER
ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001
FILTER STOP
ARMSTRONG P/N 38703B001
FILTER (*127) SIZE
16.5" x 25" x .50"
ARMSTRONG P/N 06131B046
EVAPORATOR DRAIN
TUBE CONNECTION
.63" (5/8")*
FILTER RETAINER
ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001
NOTE:
* REQUIRES (5/8") I.D. DRAIN HOSE
ARMSTRONG P/N 03613A001 (NOT SHOWN)
WHEN USING A REPLACEMENT FILTER WITH
A MANUFACTURED FRAME, THE DIMENSIONS
MAY NEED TO BE REDUCED FOR PROPER FIT.
TAKE AND RECORD MEASUREMENTS FOR
PROPER FIT.
FIGURE 4-7
The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-1
Section 5 - Unit Components
Transformer ........................................ 5-3
Gas Valves ........................................... 5-4
White-Rodgers 25K49 ................................ 5-4
Honeywell 8105 ......................................... 5-5
Blower Control Boards ......................... 5-6
United Technologies Model 1010-611 .......... 5-6
Heatcraft Model IBC-H4C401 ..................... 5-7
Ignition Controls .................................. 5-8
Fenwal Triton 2461D.................................. 5-8
Fenwal 05-29 DSI .................................... 5-10
Integrated Blower/Ignition Controls .... 5-11
Induced Draft Blower .......................... 5-14
Burners ............................................. 5-15
Manifold Orifices ................................ 5-17
Contactor .......................................... 5-18
Main (High) Limit Switch ..................... 5-19
Flame Rollout Switch .......................... 5-20
Pressure Switch ................................ 5-21
Pressure Switch Problems ........................ 5-23
Checking Pressure Switch Operation.......... 5-24
Compressors ..................................... 5-28
Tecumseh ................................................ 5-30
Copeland ................................................. 5-32
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Drier-Filters ....................................... 5-34
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-2
HWC Capillary Tubes .......................... 5-35
Capacitors ......................................... 5-39
Evaporator Blower Motor ................... 5-40
Condenser Fan Motor ......................... 5-40
Capacitors-Run .................................. 5-41
Fan Blades ......................................... 5-42
Exterior Grill Panels ........................... 5-44
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-3
Unit Components
This section provides a brief description of the most important components within the Magic-Pak HW/HWC units. The information presented
here is not intended to take the place of the instructions and printed
literature packed with each component by the original manufacturer. The
section number for each component is listed in parentheses following the
component name. This number refers to the section number assigned to
each part in the Parts List section beginning on page 8-1.
Transformer (*1)
The transformer supplies 24 VAC from its secondary winding to operate
the blower control board, gas valve and ignition control depending on the
particular model. Transformers are typically rated at 40 VA, 50/60 Hz.
Transformer Specifications
Manufacturer: Basler Electric
Model: 31264-GEK
Armstrong P/N 39370B001
Primary: 208/240V
Secondary: 24V
Rating: 40VA
Dimensions: 2.28" W x 1.94" H x 3.12" D
Base - 3.25" W (2.81" between I.D. of holes)
.19" x .020"
Quick Connect
Terminals
24 VAC
Secondary
0V
24
M
CO
8V
20
.188" Diameter Holes
208/240 VAC
Primary
.25" x .032"
Quick Connect
Terminals
Note: Secondary leads may exit from top of transformer.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-1
24-volt Transformer (Typical Configuration)
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-4
Gas Valves (*7)
White-Rodgers 25K49-120
Gas Valve Specifications
Manufacturer: White-Rodgers
Model: 25K49-120
Armstrong P/N 43108-001
Dimensions: 1.97" W x 5.31" L
Nominal Operating Currents: 25VAC/60Hz/.5A
Regulator set at 3.50 +/– .02” W.C. at 55.6 cubic Ft./Hr of air at
standard conditions (with valve in vertical position, inlet up).
3/8" - 18 N.P.T.
Outlet
1/8" - 27 N.P.T.
Pipe Plug
3/8" - 18 N.P.T.
Inlet
FIGURE 5-2
White-Rodgers Gas Valve
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-5
Honeywell 8105 Series
Gas Valve Specifications
Manufacturer: Honeywell
Model: VR8105M8202
Armstrong P/N 44987-001
Dimensions: 2.70" W x 4.75" L
Nominal Operating Currents: 25VAC/60Hz/.5A
Regulator Setting: 3.50 +/– .3" W.C.
Pipe Size: .50" Inlet x .375" Outlet
Valve Amp Draw: .5 A
1" Drop Capacity: 85,000 Btuh
Max. Regulator Capacity: 120,000 Btuh
Temperature Rating: – 40°F to +175°F
Main Valve Terminal (Hot)
Main Valve Common Terminal
FIGURE 5-3
Honeywell Gas Valve
FLOW
Reference Tube Vent
Manifold Pressure Adjustment
1/8" NPT Outlet Pressure Tap
1/8" NPT Inlet Pressure Tap
FLOW
ON
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
OFF
On/Off Switch
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-6
Blower Control Boards (*5)
A separate blower control board is used in the Magic-Pak HW/HWC
models that do not use integrated ignition/blower control boards. Blower
control boards from two different manufacturers are used in these HW
and HWC units. The two blower control boards are explained in detail in
the following pages.
United Technologies Model 1010-611
Blower Control Board Specifications
Manufacturer: United Technologies
Model: 1010-611
Armstrong P/N 39029B002
Operating Voltage: 18-30VAC 60 Hz
60 Hz Power Requirement: 4 VA max.
Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +170°F
Wiring Connections: All Male .250" x .032" Quick Connect Tabs
Performance Specifications (all timings +/– 1 second):
Heating: On Delay Timing - 60 seconds
Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds
Cooling: On Delay Timing - 15 seconds
Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds
Heating and Cooling Output Rating:
12 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 120VAC for 100,000 Cycles
10 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 240VAC for 100,000 Cycles
Both heat and cool outputs cannot be energized simultaneously.
9840A
L1
COOL
HEAT
24VAC Power
R
Cool Speed
L1 Power Out
Heat Speed
L1 Power Out
W
M1
24VAC Heat Call
G
Fan Call (Fan On)
24VAC Cooling
Call (Fan Auto)
L1 Line Voltage
M2
C
24VAC Common
FIGURE 5-4
Dumb Terminals
(Park)
39029B002
1010-83-611A
United Technologies Blower Control Board 1010-611
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-7
Heatcraft Model IBC-H4C401
Blower Control Board Specifications
Manufacturer: United Technologies
Model: 1010-611
Armstrong P/N 39029B002
Operating Voltage: 18-30VAC 60 Hz
60 Hz Power Requirement: 4 VA max.
Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +170°F
Wiring Connections: All Male .250" x .032" Quick Connect Tabs
Performance Specifications (all timings +/– 1 second):
Heating: On Delay Timing - 60 seconds
Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds
Cooling: On Delay Timing - 15 seconds
Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds
Heating and Cooling Output Rating:
12 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 120VAC for 100,000 Cycles
10 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 240VAC for 100,000 Cycles
Both heat and cool outputs cannot be energized simultaneously.
Cool Speed
L1 Power Out
Heat Speed
L1 Power Out
Dumb Terminal
(Park)
39029B002
HEAT
L1 Line Voltage
COOL
L1
Dumb Terminal
(Park)
HEATCRAFT
M1
W
C
24 VAC Heat Call
24 VAC Common
FIGURE 5-5
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
M2
R
G
24 VAC (Fan On/Cooling Fan Auto)
24 VAC Power
Heatcraft Blower Control Board IBC-H4C401
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-8
Ignition Controls (*24)
Fenwal Triton 2461D
Ignition Control Specifications
Manufacturer: Fenwal
Model: Triton 2461D
Armstrong P/N 43110-002
Pre-purge: 30 seconds
Ignition: 15 seconds
Input: 24VAC, 50/60 Hz 300 mA
Valve: 24VAC, 2.0 A max.
Inducer: 120VAC, 3.0 A or 240VAC, 1.5 A, 1/4 HP
Ambient: – 40°F to +160°F
ANSI Z21.20-1993 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 199-M89
FC-
FC+
¨
FENWAL ®
CAUTIO
N: HIGH
VOLTAG
E DISC
V2
ONNEC
24
T WIRIN
GND
G BEFO
VAC
RE SER
L1
VICING
IND
V1 PS
W TH
FIGURE 5-6
Fenwal Triton 2461D Ignition Control
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-9
Diagnostics (Fenwal Triton 2461D)
1. Diagnostic LED flash rate is 1/4 second “ON”, 1/4 second “OFF”
followed by up to four seconds “OFF” before repeating the code.
2. Only one code is displayed at a time.
3. During a “STEADY ON” code, the LED may blink off momentarily.
4. Diagnostic codes may be reset by removing the power from the
control for three seconds, then reapplying power. (Cycle thermostat
“OFF” for three seconds, then back “ON”.)
The following ignition control board LED codes indicate normal or
abnormal operations:
TABLE 5-1
Triton 2461D Diagnostic Flash Code
This code is used for up to four seconds at startup each time the control is powered to
indicate that the control is performing a self diagnostic check. If a problem is detected, the
STEADY ON
self diagnosis will repeat for a total of five times which equals twenty seconds. If LED is on
steady for 20 seconds, this indicates a control failure.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Indicates an air flow fault. Used only on models with a pressure switch input (PSW). This
code is active only if the PSW input is in the improper state after a predetermined time delay.
For example: If the PSW input was powered when the call for heat begins (closed contacts),
the control will allow a fixed time for the PSW input to go off otherwise the LED flash will
ONE FLASH
commence. Conversely, if he PSW input is not powered within a fixed delay time after the
inducer motor is energized, the LED flash will commence. If the PSW input is removed
during a heating cycle, power will be removed from the gas valve immediately. If the PSW
power input is not reapplied within a fixed time, the LED flash will commence.
TWO
FLASHES
Indicates a flame detected out of sequence or with no call for heat. LED will flash twice as
soon as flame is detected out of sequence and continue as long as the flame is present.
Controls with an inducer control circuit will also power the inducer circuit when flame is
detected out of sequence.
THREE
FLASHES
Indicates ignition lockout after all ignition tries have been completed. This code will continue
as long as the call for heat remains. On models equipped with one hour automatic reset, the
code will stop when a new ignition attempt begins.
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-10
Fenwal 05-29 DSI
Ignition Control Specifications
Manufacturer: Fenwal
Model: 05-29 DSI
Armstrong P/N 39048B001
Relative Humidity Rating: 5 to 90% RH at 95°F
Flame Current: 3 mA min.
Spark Gap: 1/8"
Trial for Ignition: 6.8 seconds
Pre-purge: 30 seconds
Input: 24VAC from TS and P.SW to ground
Gas Valve Contacts: 24VAC, 600 mA max.
Blower Output: Relay between L1 and IND, 10 A at 250VAC
Ambient: – 40°F to +150°F
FENW ®
AL
Series
0
AUT O
MATIC 5-29 DSI
IGNIT
ION S
YSTE
M
CAUT
IO
HIGH N
VOL T
AGE
G
N
D
V2
FIGURE 5-7
L1
IND
T2
S1
P.
SW
V1
Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-11
Integrated Blower/Ignition Control (*24)
United Technologies Model 1097-400-1
The integrated control combines the actions and purposes of the individual ignition and blower control boards found on other units. It automatically monitors and controls the operation of the gas burners, gas valve,
induced draft blower and circulating blower.
The control has a built-in diagnostic function, quick gas valve shutoff and
automatic ignition retry when it detects that a fault condition has been
corrected. If a fault is detected, the controls goes into fault mode and
flashes the single LED indicator at a preset rate for that particular fault
condition. (See Diagnostic Flash Code found in Table 4-1 on page 4-8 or
Diagnostic Indicator code printed on unit label.)
Integrated Control Specifications
Manufacturer: United Technologies
Model: 1097-400-1
Armstrong P/N 44990-001
Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +175°F
Timing Tolerance: +/– 10%
Input Voltage: 18-30VAC, 50/60 Hz
Combustion Blower: 1/8 HP @ 120/240VAC
Circulating Blower: 1/2 HP @ 120VAC, 1 HP @ 240VAC
Gas Valve: 24VAC, 60 Hz, 1.0 A
FLAME
24VAC
GROUND
UNUSED
ACB
HEAT
ACB
COOL
L1
CMB
BL WR
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-8
Y
G R
C W
United Technologies Model 1097 Integrated Control
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-12
Diagnostics (United Technologies 1097-400-1)
The following blower/ignition control board LED codes indicate normal or
abnormal operations:
TABLE 5-2
UTech Model 1097 Diagnostic Flash Code
SLOW FLASH
Normal Operation, No Call for Heat
FAST FLASH
Normal Operation, Call for Heat
2 FLASH
System Lockout - Failed to Detect or Sustain Flame
3 FLASH
Pressure Switch Open or Closed
4 FLASH
High Limit or Rollout Switch Open
5 FLASH
Flame Sensed and Gas Valve Not Energized
STEADY
Internal Failure (Micro-controller Failure; Self-check)
United Technologies Model 1097-400-1 (cont.)
Quick Connect Terminal Descriptions
1
2
4
5
9
10
11
12
24VAC HOT - from Transformer
GROUND = 24VAC Return
CMB BLWR = Combustion Blower (Line Voltage)
L1 = Line Voltage
ACB COOL = Air Circulating Blower Cool Speed (Line Voltage)
ACB HEAT = Air Circulating Blower Heat Speed (Line Voltage)
UNUSED (Park)
FLAME = Flame Probe
Molex/Amp Plug-in Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
Roll-out Switch Return
Hi Limit Return/Pressure Switch Out
Gas Valve Common
Gas Valve Out
Pressure Switch Return
Roll-out Switch Out
Thermostat Input
24VAC to Thermostat (RED)
Manual Fan Input from Thermostat (GREEN)
Heat Demand Input from Thermostat (WHITE)
Common Ground to Thermostat
Cool Demand Input from Thermostat (YELLOW)
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
R
G
W
C
Y
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-13
United Technologies Model 1097-400-1 (cont.)
Heat Mode
Pre-purge
Inter-purge
Post-purge
Trial Time
# of Trials
30 seconds
30 seconds
5 seconds
10 seconds
3
Board to reset from lockout after 60 minutes.
Fan On Delay
Cool
Heat
5 seconds (fixed)
30 seconds (fixed)
Fan Off Delay
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Cool
Heat
90 seconds (fixed)
120 seconds (fixed)
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-14
Induced Draft Blower (*63)
The induced draft blower is also referred to as a “combustion” blower,
since its purpose is to establish flow of combustion air through the heat
exchanger. Mounted at the outlet of the secondary heat exchanger, the
blower establishes a negative pressure within the heat exchanger and
exhausts the flue products outside the structure.
Blower motors operate at a fixed speed.
Induced Draft Blower Specifications
Manufacturer: Magnetek
Model: JBIMI37NS
Armstrong P/N 41144-001
208/240VAC, 60 Hz, Single Phase, .55 FLA, 3000 RPM, .031 HP
Rotation CW LE
Continuous Duty
Features: Ball Bearing; Stainless Steel Shaft;
Motor Grounded to Blower Housing
.32" Extension Barbed Tube
for .096" (+/–.005") I.D.
Pressure Tap
FIGURE 5-9
Magnetek JBIMI37NS Induced Draft Blower
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-15
Burners (*34)
The Magic-Pak HW and HWC units covered in this manual use a burner
design called the “inshot” type. No adjustment is provided for primary or
secondary air. For best operation, keep the burners clean. Use the
correct orifice size and adjust the manifold pressure for the fuel being
used and the operating altitude.
Burner Specifications
Manufacturer: Beckett Gas
Model: AR086
Armstrong P/N 41948-001
Burner Dimensions: 4.50" x 2.48"
Burner Carryover Gap
.025" (+/–.002")
Burners
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-10 Typical Burner Arrangement
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-16
Flame Carryover Problems
During ignition, the flame must travel uninterrupted from one burner to the
rest of the burners.
Causes:
•
•
•
Carryover “wing” on burner is plugged with insects or debris
Improper gap setting on wings
Incorrect gas pressure
The burner wing has a specified gap (typically 0.025" +/– .002"), which
must carry gas and a small flame to allow flame carryover from one
burner to the next. Check the gap settings on all burners.
Smooth end slips
into burner
Flame Exit
Threads
into manifold
.025" gap (+/– .002")
for flame carryover
Orifice
Gas Entry
FIGURE 5-11
Inshot Burners
Gap = .025" +/– .002"
Armstrong P/N: 41948-001
FIGURE 5-12 Burner Wing Gap
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-17
Manifold Orifices (*13)
TABLE 5-3
Manifold Orifice Specifications
Armstrong
P/N
Hole Diameter
Drill Size
Hole Diameter
(inches)
39030B001
Blank
Blank
39030B002
51
.0670
39030B003
52
.0635
39030B004
53
.0595
39030B005
54
.0550
39030B006
61
.0390
39030B007
52
.0380
39030B008
63
.0370
39030B009
44
.0860
39030B010
47
.0785
39030B011
55
.0520
39030B012
56
.0465
39030B013
65
.0350
39030B014
64
.0360
39030B015
37
.1040
39030B016
41
.0960
39030B017
40
.0980
39030B018
43
.0890
39030B019
42
.0935
Hole Diameter
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-13 Manifold Orifice
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-18
Contactor (*278)
Contactor Specifications
Manufacturer: Honeywell
Model: R8242A-1008
Armstrong P/N 7535C001
Single-phase, Single-pole, 25 F.L.A., 125 L.R.A
Coil: 24VAC, 50/60 Hz
Line Voltage: 240/277
Coil Resistance at 70°F: 8 - 10 ohms
L1
L2
Low Voltage
Coil Terminals
Open Contact
T1
T2
Closed Contact
FIGURE 5-14 Honeywell Contactor Model R8242A-1008
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-19
Main (High) Limit Switch (*52)
A Normally Closed control that opens if abnormally high circulating air
temperatures occur. It is an automatic reset control.
Note: Several different main limit switches are used. Refer to the parts
list for the correct limit switch.
7"
Common Terminal
Camstat Model L59-7B-220-30
Armstrong P/N: 01150A008
Setting: 220°F
N.C. (Normally Closed)
Terminal
N.O. (Normally Open)
Terminal
FIGURE 5-15 Camstat Main Limit Switch
3.05
" (+/–
.05")
Manufacturer P/N: INT17L-2107
Armstrong P/N: 40154B007
Open Setting: 190°F
Closed Setting: 160°F
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-16 Main Limit Switch
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-20
Flame Rollout Switch (*55)
A Normally Closed switch that opens when abnormal temperatures occur
in the burner area, caused by a restricted heat exchanger, causing main
burner flame to “roll out” into the vestibule area.
To reset the switch, push the button on top. The button is a different color
from the body.
Reset Button
Cutout Temperature:
Marked on body of switch
Nominal Switch Contact Rating:
15 A @ 120VAC
FIGURE 5-17 Flame Rollout Switch
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-21
Pressure Switch (*57)
These are Normally Open switches that react to a difference in pressure
on an internal diaphragm. It will not allow ignition to start if the induced
draft blower cannot produce sufficient negative pressure relative to
atmospheric pressure or pressure in a sealed burner box. Its electrical
contacts will open in reaction to inadequate negative pressure resulting
from excessive venting system restriction or a failed induced draft blower,
thus providing protection from a change in safe, stable furnace operation.
The Armstrong part number is stamped on the body of the switch. A label
on the switch carries the manufacturer’s model number. Always verify the
proper switch number from the parts list.
Normally Open
Terminal
Connect to Port on
Induced Draft Blower
Common Terminal
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Pressure Switch Specifications
Manufacturer: Tridelta Industries
Electrical Rating:
SPDT Elec. Load: 28 VA Pilot Duty @ 24VAC
3 FLA, 18 LRA @ 24VAC
SPST Elec. Load: 5 A Resistive @ 24VAC
Electrical Switch: Single Pole, Normally Open, Snap
Acting Contacts
Electrical Connectors: Common (C), Normally Open
(NO) 1/4" x .032" thick quick connect terminals
Maximum Pressure: 3" W.C.
Operating Temperature Range: – 40° to 190°F
Sample Line Connector: Negative; barb type for use with
3/16" or 1/4" I.D. tubing with .016" +/– .004" bleed hole
Electrical Switch
FIGURE 5-18 Pressure Switch
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-22
TABLE 5-4
Pressure Switches
Armstrong
P/N
Vendor
Model Number
Switch Opens
(inches W.C.)
Color
Code
41862-001
Tridelta Industries
FS6080A-1889
.40
Red
41862-002
Tridelta Industries
FS6080A-1891
.27
Green
41862-003
Tridelta Industries
FS6080A-1890
.45
White
44819-001
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2614
.25 +/– .05
Purple
44819-002
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2615
.35 +/– .05
Blue
44819-003
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2616
.45 +/– .05
Pink
44819-004
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2617
.55 +/– .05
Red
44819-005
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2618
.60 +/– .06
Green
44819-006
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2619
.70 +/– .06
White
44819-007
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2620
.80 +/– .07
Gray
44819-008
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2621
.50+/– .05
Red
44819-009
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2622
.30 +/– .05
Orange
44819-010
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2623
.10 +/– .05
Yellow
44819-011
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2624
.40 +/– .05
Light Blue
44819-012
Tridelta Industries
PPS10090-2625
.65 +/– .05
Brown
Pressure Switch Problems
The negative pressure developed in the combustion chamber is directly
related to airflow. During furnace operation, the switch will react to
conditions that reduce airflow, such as: blocked or restricted intake
(combustion air piping), blockage of vent (flue) piping, blockage of the
condensate drain piping, plugged pressure tap ports, leaking hoses or a
failure of the induced draft blower motor.
If the pressure switch has already been replaced and problems are still
being experienced, follow the procedure, Checking Pressure Switch
Operation (found on page 5-24).
If the measured static pressure reading does not meet the switch specifications, check these items:
1. Pressure switch hose/tubing for cracks or loose connections
2. Induced draft blower wheel for corrosion or loose blades
3. Induced draft blower for tight bearings or loose inducer wheel
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-23
The measured static pressure reading should be compared to the pressure switch specifications. If the measured static pressure meets or
exceeds the specifications and switch contacts will not transfer, check the
following items:
•
•
•
•
Switch out of calibration
Defective pressure switch
Moisture in pressure switch tubing
Incorrect switch installed
WARNING
DO NOT try to repair a pressure switch. Use an
identical replacement. The use of an improperly
repaired or malfunctioning pressure switch could
result in property damage, personal injury or death.
WARNING
Never try to adjust a pressure switch or jumper the
switch to allow the furnace to operate. Doing so
could allow the furnace to operate under hazardous
conditions, potentially causing property damage,
personal injury or death.
Blocked Intake
Blocked intake is any condition that blocks or restricts the flow of intake
(combustion) air to a point where the pressure fall reaches the calibrated
open setting of the pressure switch.
Potential Causes:
•
•
•
•
Rodents
Spiders
Nest building in the intake opening
Debris or trash that has been pulled into the intake opening
Symptoms:
•
•
Excessive negative pressure in the burner box area. The furnace
cycles on and off quite frequently, typically within 60 seconds or so.
Inability of unit to stay on for a complete call for heat.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
For a blocked intake or blocked flue, connect the incline manometer as
shown on in Figure 5-20 on page 5-27 for the specific model groups.
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-24
Blocked Flue
Blocked flue is any condition that blocks or restricts the flue (vent) pipe to
a point where the pressure fall reaches the calibrated open setting of the
pressure switch.
Potential Causes:
•
•
•
•
•
Rodents
Spiders
Nest building in the flue pipe
Outlet screens with excessive restriction
High wind conditions exceeding 40 mph
Symptoms:
•
•
Low negative pressure on the induced draft (combustion) blower. The
unit cycles on and off quite frequently, typically coming back on within
60 seconds.
Inability of unit to stay on for a complete call for heat.
Units cycling on pressure switch re-ignite sooner than a main limit switch
can reset.
Tip: With all wiring connected and unit running, use your volt meter
across the pressure switch terminals. No voltage reading = switch closed.
Voltage present = switch open.
Checking Pressure Switch Operation
It is easy to check a pressure switch as it operates within the overall
system. These test procedures make it possible to pinpoint the opening
and closing actions of the pressure switch.
WARNING
DO NOT try to repair a pressure switch. Use an
identical replacement. The use of an improperly
repaired or malfunctioning pressure switch could
result in property damage, personal injury or death.
WARNING
Never try to adjust a pressure switch or jumper the
switch to allow the furnace to operate. Doing so
could allow the furnace to operate under hazardous
conditions, potentially causing property damage,
personal injury or death.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-25
What Is Needed for the Tests
•
•
•
•
A good general-purpose incline manometer with a range of 0 - 3"
W.C. (Dwyer 1227 or equivalent).
Use the parts list to verify that the proper pressure switch is installed
in the unit. Look for the Armstrong part number stamped on the
metal housing. A label on the housing shows the manufacturer’s
model number.
Find the Switch Open value for the pressure switch in Table 5-4 on
page 22.
Assorted lengths of plastic tubing and tees to make the connections
to the manometer including the following: 1/8" I.D. high temperature
silicone tubing, 1/4" I.D. vinyl tubing, 1/8" tee and 1/4" tee.
Note: For each procedure, the schematic shows the original factory
tubing with solid black lines. The tees to be installed for pressure
sampling are shown within the dashed circles.
Terminology
Terms related to pressure switch operation and incline manometer testing
are shown below in Figure 5-19.
B
A
-1"
0
1"
2"
3"
“Nega
tive” p
ressu
“Posit
re
ive” pr
essur
e
“Pres
sure R
ise”
“Pres
sure F
all”
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-19 Incline Manometer
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-26
A Word About the “Switch Closed” Value
Switch Closed is the pressure at which the contacts close as the induced
draft blower comes up to speed. It is calculated by adding – 0.1" W.C. to
the sum of the switch’s Open value and its upper tolerance.
For example, for a Armstrong P/N 44819-005 switch:
– 0.1" + (– .60" + – .06") = – 0.76" W.C.
On a system operating correctly, it is likely that the manometer reading
will go to a value that is more than enough to close the switch.
A Word About the “Switch Open” Value
Switch Open is the pressure at which the contacts open as the negative
pressure decreases (pressure fall).
Procedure for Checking Pressure Switch
1. Position the manometer so it can be watched easily during testing.
Balance and zero the manometer according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
2. Insert a test line with tee between the pressure switch and blower.
One piece of the tubing connects the pressure switch to the fitting at
the back side of the induced draft blower housing. Connect the tee to
the manometer as shown in Figure 5-20.
Note: Always keep the pressure switch in the circuit when measuring.
Switches incorporate internal bleeds to keep moisture out of
the pressure switch line.
3. Using Table 5-4 on page 5-22 and the formula provided above,
calculate the close value for the switch being worked with.
4. Start the furnace to call for heat. Observe the manometer reading
increase (increasing pressure rise) as the induced draft blower
comes up to speed. Ignition should start at a reading that is approximately the Close value that was earlier determined for the specific
switch in Step 3.
5. With the furnace running in the full heat cycle, observe the pressure
reading. Note this reading and compare it to the Open value shown
for that switch in Table 5-4 on page 5-22.
Using Armstrong P/N 44819-005 pressure switch for an example, the
reading on pressure fall when the contacts open can be between – 0.54"
W.C. and – 0.66" W.C.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-27
Induced Draft Blower
Pressure Switch
1/8" Tee
B
A
-1"
0
1"
2"
3"
= Tee installed for test
purposes only
Incline Manometer
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-20 Incline Manometer Connection
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-28
Compressors (*262)
TABLE 5-5 Compressor Specifications (continued on next page)
Model
Compressor Type
Compressor
Model
B/M
(Tecumseh Only)
Armstrong
P/N
(All) HWC123-1
Tecumseh Rotary
RKA5512EXD
RK147-ET-002-A4
39008C001
1
(All) HWC183-1
Tecumseh Recriprocating
AWF5517EXN
AW501-ET-089-A4
35125C009
2
(All) HWC243-1
Copeland Scroll
ZR24KC PFV-130
--
42811-005
3
(All) HWC303-1
Copeland Scroll
ZR28KC PFV-130
--
42811-006
4
(All) HWC182-11, -9, -7, -6
Tecumseh Recriprocating
AWF5517EXN
AW501-ET-089-A4
35125C009
5
(All) HWC242-11, -9
Copeland Scroll
ZR24KC PFV-130
--
42811-005
6
(All) HWC122-10, -8, -5, -4, -3, -1
Tecumseh Rotary
RKA5512EXD
RK147-ET-002-A4
39008C001
7
(All) HWC242-10, -8, -5, -4, -3, -1
Copeland Scroll
ZR23K1 PFV
--
35136C005
8
(All) HWC302-9
Copeland Scroll
ZR28KC PFV-130
--
42811-006
9
(All) HWC182-8, -5, -4, -3, -2
Tecumseh Rotary
RKA5518EXD
RK233-ET-009-A4
39008C002
10
(All) HWC302-8, -5, -4, -3, -1
Copeland Scroll
ZR28K1 PFV
--
35136C001
11
(All) HWC182-1
Copeland Scroll
ZR18K1 PFV
--
35136C004
12
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-29
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Voltage
Phase RLA
LRA
Run
Cap.
Armstrong Winding
P/N
Res. S/R
Oil Type
Oil
Charge
Suction
Line
Discharge
Line
1
208/230
1
26.3
25/370 38514D002
N/A
Mineral 200 Viscosity
12 oz.
.50 (1/2)"
.315 (5/16)"
2
208/230
1
48.3
35/370 38514D004
N/A
Mineral 200 Viscosity
32 oz.
.753 (3/4)"
.378 (3/8)"
3
208/230
1
13.2
59.0
35/370 38514D004 2.45/1.17
Mineral 200 Viscosity
25 oz.
.75 (3/4)"
.50 (1/2)"
4
208/230
1
15.7
73.0
35/440 38514D010
2.74/.93
Mineral 200 Viscosity
38 oz.
.75 (3/4)"
.50 (1/2)"
5
208/230
1
48.3
35/370 38514D004
N/A
Mineral 200 Viscosity
32 oz.
.753 (3/4)"
.378 (3/8)"
6
208/230
1
59.0
35/370 38514D004 2.45/1.17
Mineral 200 Viscosity
25 oz.
.75 (3/4)"
.50 (1/2)"
7
208/230
1
26.3
25/370 38514D002
N/A
Mineral 200 Viscosity
12 oz.
.50 (1/2)"
.315 (5/16)"
8
208/230
1
12.9
62.5
30/370 38514D003
3.03/.98
Mineral 200 Viscosity
26 oz.
.75 (3/4)"
.50 (1/2)"
9
208/230
1
15.7
73.0
35/440 38514D010
2.74/.93
Mineral 200 Viscosity
38 oz.
.75 (3/4)"
.50 (1/2)"
10
208/230
1
45.0
25/370 38514D002
N/A
Mineral 200 Viscosity
12 oz.
.63 (5/8)"
.315 (5/16)"
11
208/230
1
15.0
76.0
35/370 38514D004
2.53/.77
Mineral 200 Viscosity
26 oz.
.75 (3/4)"
.50 (1/2)"
12
208/230
1
10.7
50.0
25/370 38514D002 4.91/1.29
Mineral 200 Viscosity
24 oz.
.75 (3/4)"
.50 (1/2)"
13.2
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-30
Manufacturer: Tecumseh
TABLE 5-6
Tecumseh Rotary Compressor Specifications
Armstrong P/N
Supplier Model
Number
Supplier B/M
Number
A
B
C
D
Cap. Req'd
MDF-VAC
Oil
(oz.)
39008C001
RKA5512EXD
RK147ET-002-A4
10.62
10.06
.500
8.56
25/370
12
39008C002
RKA5518EXD
RK233ET-009-A4
11.50
10.94
.630
8.78
25/370
12
All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified.
FIGURE 5-21 Tecumseh Rotary Compressor
C
S
R
.75" Diameter Holes
Top View
A
B
.315" I.D.Copper
Discharge Tube
C
I.D. Copper Suction Tube
.(43" - .50" Deep)
D
Side View
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-31
Manufacturer: Tecumseh
TABLE 5-7
Tecumseh Reciprocating Compressor Specifications
Armstrong
P/N
Supplier Model
Number
35125C009
AWF5517EXN
Supplier B/M
Number
Voltage
Hz.
Crankcase
Heater
L.R.A.
P.H.
Cap.
Req'd
AW501ET-089-A4 208/230
60
No
48.3
1
35 MFD @ 370V
9.38"
.753"/.756" I.D.
Copper Suction Tube
12.647"
12.753”
.378"/.381" I.D. Copper Discharge Tube
7.475"
7.525"
(Between Centers of Holes)
.750"/.760" Diameter
(4 Holes)
Side View
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-22 Tecumseh Reciprocating Compressor
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-32
Manufacturer: Copeland
TABLE 5-8
Copeland Compressor Specifications
Armstrong
P/N
Supplier Model
Number
A
B
C
D
Cap. Req'd
MFD-VAC
35136C001
ZR28K1-PFV
14.06/14.31
13.32
7.72/7.95
9.63
35/370
All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified.
18 Ga. Thermal Protector Leads
(12.13" Long)
.500" I.D. Copper Discharge Tube
.750" I.D. Copper-Plated Steel Suction Tube
A
B
C
D
Side View
7.50"
(Between Centers of Holes)
.765" Diameter (4 Holes)
T1 C
R
S
T2
T3
Typical T’Box
Layout
FIGURE 5-23 Copeland Compressor
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-33
Manufacturer: Copeland
TABLE 5-9
Copeland Compressor Specifications
Armstrong
P/N
Supplier Model
Number
Rating
Voltage-PH-Hz
A
B
42811-005
ZR24KC-PFV-130
208/230-1-60
14.21/14.45
13.32
9.63 8.53/8.77 5.47
35/370
42811-006
ZR28KC-PFV-130
208/230-1-60
14.21/14.45
13.32
9.63
35/370
C
D
Cap. Req'd
MFD-VAC
E
7.97
6.52
All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified.
9.41"/9.62"
7.50"
.750" Dia.
(4 Holes)
(Typ.)
7.50"
(Typ.)
Top View
C
T1
R
S
T2
T3
.500" I.D. Copper
Discharge Fitting
Top View
.750" I.D. Copper-Plated
Steel Suction Fitting
A
B
C
E
D
FIGURE 5-24 Copeland Compressor
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Side View
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-34
Drier-Filters (*301)
TABLE 5-10
Drier-Filter Specifications
Armstrong Part Number
Supplier
Supplier Part Number
A
B
Spinco
100307-1
2
Parker
032151-00
.108"
.111"
Spinco
100307-2
3
Parker
032150-00
.114"
.117"
Spinco
100307-3
4
Parker
032181-00
.108"
.111"
39059B001
39059B002
39059B003
A - I.D.
4.38" +/– .13"
.314"
I.D.
.317"
B - # Holes
1.00"
FIGURE 5-25 Drier-Filter
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-35
HWC Capillary Tubes (*256)
TABLE 5-11
HWC Capillary Tube Specification Tables*
Models
Assy. + Drier
Drier Only**
Cap. Tubes Only***
Ind. Cap.
Tube
Cap.
I.D.
Cap.
O.D.
Cap.
Length
#
Tubes
123-1
43271-001
39059B001
43267-001
05302B001
0.054"
0.106"
35"
2
183-1
43271-002
39059B002
43267-002
05302B025
0.054"
0.106"
44"
3
243-1
43271-003
39059B002
43267-003
05302B024
0.059"
0.112"
46"
3
303-1
43375-001
39059B003
43281-001, 43280-001
05302B025
0.054"
0.106"
44"
4
122-10
43271-001
39059B001
43267-001
05302B001
0.054"
0.106"
35"
2
122-1 to -8
39058B001
39059B001
39102B001
05302B001
0.054"
0.106"
35"
2
182-1 to -9
39058B002
39059B002
39102B002
05302B025
0.054"
0.106"
44"
3
242-4 to -8
39058B003
39059B002
39102B003
05302B024
0.059"
0.112"
46"
3
242-9 to -11
43271-003
39059B002
43267-003
05302B024
0.059"
0.112"
46"
3
302-1 to -3
39057B001
39059B003
39103B001, 39298B001
05302B025
0.054"
0.106"
44"
4
302-4 to -8
40650-001
39059B003
40652-001, 40651-001
05302B025
0.054"
0.106"
44"
4
302-9
43375-001
39059B003
43281-001, 43280-001
05302B025
0.054"
0.106"
44"
4
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
* All part numbers provided are Armstrong part numbers.
** See page 5-34 for drier information.
*** See the figures beginning on page 5-36 for detailed drawings of the capillary tubes.
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-36
Notes:
• All bends 90° unless otherwise noted.
• Do not kink or flatten during forming.
• Tape tubes together with masking tape.
14.00"
15.60"
11.89" Ref.
6.75" Ref.
7.25" Ref.
1.00" Rad. Typ.
.75" Rad. Typ.
6.00"
.13"
.25" Rad.
I.S. Typ.
.08"
14.88"
5.43"
.13"
3.81"
Ref.
.75"
.25" Rad.
I.S. Typ.
3.500" Diameter
1 Turn
2.875" Diameter Mandrel
12.82"
.12"
.75"
30°
12.77"
Ref.
3.50"
Ref.
30°
10.88"
Ref.
5302B001 - 2 Req’d
5302B025 - 3 Req’d
.13"
.12"
.75"
.73"
Ref.
30°
1.78"
FIGURE 5-26 43267-001 Capillary Tubes
FIGURE 5-27 43267-002 Capillary Tubes
17.11"
9.00" Ref.
15.86"
6.50" Ref.
9.00" Ref.
5.25" Ref.
.75" Rad. Typ.
5.57"
.13"
3.500" Diameter
1 Turn
2.875" Diameter Mandrel
13.19"
.25" Rad.
I.S. Typ.
.12"
.75"
5302B025
2 Req’d
3.63"
Ref.
.75" Typ.
.12"
Typ.
2.62"
Ref.
5302B024 - 3 Req’d
4.23"
4.38"
Ref.
2.500" Diameter
2 Turns
2.125" Mandrel
30°
11.25"
Ref.
.75" Rad.
Typ.
.250" Rad.
Typ.
5.46"
.13" Typ.
130°
.75" Ref.
.13"
30°
.12"
.75"
30°
FIGURE 5-29 43280-001 Capillary Tubes
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-28 43267-003 Capillary Tubes
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-37
Notes:
• All bends 90° unless otherwise noted.
• Do not kink or flatten during forming.
• Tape tubes together with masking tape.
1.25
Turns
10.70"
14.74"
13.13" Ref.
1.446" Diameter
.75" Rad. Typ.
3.500" Diameter
1 Turn
3.00" Mandrel
4.25"
Ref.
.13" Typ.
6.16"
12.22" +/– .13"
12.91"
5302B025 - 2 Req’d
.12" Typ.
16.40"
11.00"
Ref.
.250"
Rad. I.S.
Typical
30°
.08"
53025B025 - 2 Req’d
.75"
30°
.13"
.25" Rad. I.S. Typ.
.750" Rad.
Typical
.75" Typ.
.50" +/– .13"
1.28"
FIGURE 5-30 43281-001 Capillary Tubes
10.70"
50°
.75"
.250" Rad. I.S.
Typical
FIGURE 5-31 40651-001 Capillary Tubes
.75"
1.25
Turns
1.55"
3.81"
.08"
.75" Rad.
2.25"
3.05"
3.196" Diameter
3.60"
2.73"
3.688" Diameter
3 Turns
5302B025 - 2 Req’d
16.40"
.08"
30°
.750" Rad.
Typical
.50" +/– .13"
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
1.28"
FIGURE 5-32 40652-001 Capillary Tubes
.13"
5302B025 -2 Req’d
.25" Rad. I.S. Typ.
2.50"
.75"
FIGURE 5-33 39103B001 Capillary Tubes
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-38
Notes:
• All bends 90° unless otherwise noted.
• Do not kink or flatten during forming.
• Tape tubes together with masking tape.
TABLE 5-12
.75"
39102B001 Specifications
Armstrong P/N
A
B
C
D
39102B001
3.530"
2
5302B001
2
39102B002
3.281"
3
5302B025
3
39102B003
3.500"
3
5302B024
3
2.79"
.25" Rad. I.S. Typ.
C - D Req’d
.13"
30°
5.42"
.08"
1.25"
.75"
A - Diameter
B - Turns
4.64"
6.76"
FIGURE 5-34 39102B001 Capillary Tubes
.75" Rad. Typ.
7.43"
7.00"
.75"
1.55"
2.50"
3.30"
2.844" Diameter
3 Turns
53205B025 - 2 Req’d
.75"
30°
.50"
.08"
2.03"
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-35 39298B001 Capillary Tubes
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-39
Capacitors (*271)
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
TABLE 5-13
Capacitor Ratings
Rating
Armstrong
P/N
MFD
Volts
38514D001
20/5
370
38514D002
25/5
370
38514D003
30/5
370
38514D004
35/5
370
38514D005
40/5
370
38514D006
40/5
440
38514D007
40/7.5
440
38514D008
45/7.5
440
38514D009
35/7.5
440
38514D010
35/5
440
38514D011
45/5
370
38514D012
55/7.5
440
38514D013
60/7.5
370
38514D014
80/7.5
370
38514D015
45/5
440
38514D016
60/5
370
38514D017
80/5
370
38514D018
50/5
370
38514D019
50/7.5
440
38514D020
55/5
370
38514D021
70/5
370
38514D022
60/5
440
Dual
Single
FIGURE 5-36 Capacitors
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-40
Evaporator Blower Motor Indoor Blower (*69)
TABLE 5-14
Evaporator Blower Motor Specifications
Armstrong
P/N
FLA
(v/hz/ph)
RPM
# of
Speeds
HP
Capacitor
39045B001
1.1
(208-230/60/1)
1000
3
1/6
4/370
39046B001
2.3
(208-230/60/1)
1120
3
1/3
7.5/370
Notes:
• FLA and capacitor ratings may vary. Always check FLA and
capacitor ratings on the motor data plate.
• Motor diameter - 5.70", shaft size - .50", rotatin - CW lead end
• See parts list for correct selection of motor and capacitor.
Condenser Fan Motor Outdoor Motor (*267)
TABLE 5-15
Condenser Fan Motor Specifications
Armstrong
P/N
FLA
(v/hz/ph)
RPM
# of
Speeds
HP
Capacitor
39044B001
1.8
(208-230/60/1)
1075
1
1/4
5/370
39084B001
.9
(208-230/60/1)
1075
1
1/8
5/370
41282-001
.9
(208-230/60/1)
1075
1
1/8
5/370
41254-001
1.8
(208-230/60/1)
1075
1
1/4
5/370
Notes:
• FLA and capacitor ratings may vary. Always check FLA and
capacitor ratings on the motor data plate.
• Motor diameter - 5.70", shaft size - .50", rotatin - CW lead end
• See parts list for correct selection of motor and capacitor.
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-41
Capacitors-Run (*86)
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
TABLE 5-16
Run Capacitor Ratings
Rating
Armstrong
P/N
MFD
Volts
34001D001
4
370
34001D002
5
370
34001D003
6
370
34001D004
7.5
370
34001D005
8
370
34001D006
8
440
34001D007
10
370
34001D008
12.5
370
34001D009
15
440
34001D010
20
440
34001D011
25
370
34001D012
25
440
34001D013
30
440
34001D014
35
370
34001D015
35
440
34001D016
40
370
34001D017
40
440
34001D018
45
440
34001D024
15
370
34001D025
20
370
34001D026
30
370
34001D027
10
440
34001D028
20
370
34001D029
25
370
34001D030
30
370
34001D031
35
370
34001D032
40
370
34001D033
55
440
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-42
Fan Blades (*268)
Notes:
1. 26° Pitch, 5 Blades
2. Material: 24 Ga. Galvalume
3. Set Screw: (2) 5/16"-24 x 5/8" long square head, cup point
3.79" +/– .09"
18.00" +/– .06"
.5002"
Diameter Bore
.5019"
Rotation
AIR FLOW
FIGURE 5-37 Fan Blades - HWC Models 122, 182 & 123, 183
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
UNIT COMPONENTS
5-43
Notes:
1. 24° Pitch, 3 Blades
2. Material: 24 Ga. Galvalume
3. Set Screw: (2) 5/16"-24 x 5/8" long square head, cup point
3.59" +/– .09"
18.00" +/– .06"
.5002"
Diameter Bore
.5019"
Rotation
AIR FLOW
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
FIGURE 5-38 Fan Blades - HWC Models 242, 302 & 243, 303
UNIT COMPONENTS
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
5-44
Exterior Grill Panels
(Not Listed in the Parts Lists)
Upper Louver Panel
Armstrong P/N 03545C000
Lower Grill Panel
Armstrong P/N 03551D100
Refer to the Component Location Illustrations section beginning on page
4-1 for further detail of the exterior grill panels and other panels.
FIGURE 5-39 Exterior Grill Panels
SRM-HW/HWC 2/99
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-1
Section 6 - Installation
Location .............................................. 6-3
Installing With Wall Sleeve.................... 6-5
Installing Without Wall Sleeve ............... 6-6
Support............................................... 6-6
Condensate Drain ................................. 6-7
Venting ............................................... 6-7
Removal of Unit from Common
Venting System .................................... 6-9
Gas Connections .................................. 6-9
Electrical Connections ........................ 6-11
Thermostat ....................................... 6-12
Supply and Return Ducts .................... 6-12
Air Filter ........................................... 6-13
Adjustments (Heating Section) ............ 6-13
Adjustments (Cooling Section) ............. 6-14
Blower .............................................. 6-14
Limit Control ..................................... 6-14
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
High Altitude Adjustments (U.S.) ......... 6-14
High Altitude Adjustments (Canada)..... 6-14
INSTALLATION
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
6-2
Installation and Operation in Extremely
Cold Weather Areas ........................... 6-15
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-3
Installation
IMPORTANT:
READ THIS FIRST
Information in this section is provided for the convenience of the service
technician, for the purpose of evaluating the installation during service
and troubleshooting. It does not take the place of the complete Armstrong Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are shipped with
every Magic-Pak unit. If you are installing an Armstrong product and
need a copy of the Installation and Maintenance Instructions, consult the
table below and contact the Armstrong factory.
TABLE 6-1
HW/HWC Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Armstrong
Publication
P/N
Date
Description
45042B099
2/99
(All) HWC (123, 183, 243, 303)-1
& HW -9 w/UTech 1097 Board
39025G097
7/97
(All) HWC (122, 182, 243, 303)
-11, -10, -9, -8, -7, -6, -5 & HW
w/Fenwal 2461D Board
39025G094
7/94
(All) HWC (122, 182, 243, 303)
-4, -3, -2, -1 & HW
w/Fenwal 05-29 Board
Location
Magic-Pak HW/HWC units are designed and certified for through-the-wall
installations only and must not be installed in any other type of application. The interior portions of the unit may be surrounded by a closet with
clearances to combustible material held to 0" at sides, 2" top and 1" front
and plenum. Adequate clearance must be provided to install the union
and manual shutoff valve as well as providing accessibility to the field
wiring junction box. Do not install directly on carpeting, tile or other
combustible material other than wood flooring.
Magic-Pak HW/HWC units should be installed in an outside building wall
that is clear of obstructions which might impede the free intake and
discharge of condenser air.
A building wall should be no closer to an opposite building wall than 2' for
every floor or Magic-Pak unit in a vertical array facing the wall. For
example, a one-story building with a Magic-Pak HW/HWC unit should be
a minimum of 2' from the wall facing the unit, and if the facing wall also
has a Magic-Pak unit, the two walls should be at least 4' apart.
A six-story building with six Magic-Pak units in a vertical array should be
at least 12' from the opposite building wall, and if that building wall also
contains Magic-Pak units, the building should be at least 24' apart.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Buildings taller than six stories need not exceed the separation needed
for six-story buildings.
INSTALLATION
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
6-4
If three or more adjacent walls form an air shaft with Magic-Pak HW/HWC
units facing each other in each wall, the separation between opposite
walls should be increased by 20%.
These “rule-of-thumb” dimensions are intended to minimize possibilities
for recirculation of condenser air, or interaction between units. However,
these numbers are not exact for every application, and other considerations might suggest that the designer consult the factory about desired
alternatives.
The grille side of the unit may be flush with, or extend beyond, the face of
the exterior wall, but should not be recessed more than 2" from the face
of the building and should not be obstructed with trees, landscape materials or building structure.
There is no minimum clearance required on locating the unit to an interior
corner of a building.
Due to the through-the-wall design, HW/HWC units will always have some
portion of the unit cabinet extending into the interior of the building. The
amount of cabinet exposed to the interior will depend on the wall thickness and the depth the unit is installed into the wall.
Often mechanical rooms and closets are designed into the building
structure to accommodate the interior portions and duct connections.
These rooms or closets must allow ample clearance for regular service
and maintenance.
A 30" wide minimum clearance opening is required in front of the filter
access door. This will allow for easy removal of the door and replacement
of the filter. Electrical conduit, gas lines, duct work and building structures
places within this opening will complicate removal of the filter access door
that may result in a lack of proper maintenance and diminished performance.
The cooling section of an HWC unit is built on a sliding chassis that can
only be removed through the filter access door. Any service that must be
done to the condenser section, evaporator fan or refrigeration circuit
requires removal of the chassis from the unit. Therefore, a 30" horizontal
minimum clear opening is required in front of the filter access door to
facilitate removal of the entire cooling chassis.
It is recommended that the doorway to any closet or room containing a
Magic-Pak HW/HWC unit be a minimum of 36" wide to allow some
tolerance for chassis removal and service.
If the unit is installed in a residential garage, it must be located or protected to avoid physical damage by vehicles. This unit must be installed
so that no electrical components are exposed to water.
Installing units in a relatively inaccessible location for easy chassis
removal should be avoided, if for no other reason than to keep the air filter
accessible for easy and timely cleaning by the occupants or maintenance
personnel.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-5
Installing With a Wall Sleeve
CAUTION
The sleeve is not intended as the sole support for the
unit. Additional support must be provided near the
return opening on the unit for adequate support. The
use of vibration isolation material between the unit and
the support is recommended.
Refer to the installation instructions packed with the wall sleeve and
Figure 6-1 for guidance in assembly and mounting using a wall sleeve.
See also the Accessories section beginning on page 7-3 for further
details on wall sleeve installations.
Refer to page 6-6 for information concerning additional support under the
HW/HWC unit.
Make sure the gaskets attached to the sleeve are not damaged.
Seal the space between the wall sleeve and the building opening with
non-hardening caulking compound. The seal must be weathertight to
prevent entrance of moisture and water into the building.
Assure that the unit is completely seated against the gaskets on the wall
sleeve.
Wall Sleeve
6" X 22" Minimum Opening to
Align with Return Air Opening
In Unit.
in.
"M
8
2
Vibration Isolating Material
FLO
OR
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Plywood
FIGURE 6-1
HW/HWC Installation
INSTALLATION
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
6-6
Installing Without a Wall Sleeve
Refer to the following directions and Figure 6-1 on page 6-5 for guidance
in installing the unit without a wall sleeve:
1. Measure the size of the unit and provide an opening in an outside
wall that will accept the unit. Local ordinances may require a steel
lintel to support the wall above the opening. The opening must be
square in all four corners.
2. Position the unit so that the grilles on the outside face of the unit are
flush or extend beyond the face of the exterior wall, but not recessed
more than 2" from the face of the building. Provide a support
under the unit, inside the building. Make sure that the inside
support does not block the return air. The unit should be installed
level or pitched slightly to the outside of the building so that rain water
will drain away.
3. Seal the space between the unit and building opening using a nonhardening caulking compound. The seal must be weathertight to
prevent entrance of moisture and water into the building. Make sure
the drain holes in the base are not plugged with caulking.
Support
In general, the wall sleeves will support the Magic-Pak HW/HWC units on
any wall. The wall, however, must be adequate to support the unit.
Otherwise, one must provide additional support between the unit and the
floor. The center of gravity is between the bottom return-air opening rear
flange and the wall sleeve. When additional support for the unit is desirable, it should be near this center of gravity and applied evenly across the
bottom of the unit through adjustable legs to the floor.
A supplementary support can be made for this purpose. It should consist
of two steel channels, 28" long, one placed under the unit and one on the
floor. They are separated by 3/4" pipe and “all-thread” rod, with nuts and
washers, to provide the adjustment pressure. Vibration-isolation blocks or
pads are also required to minimize transmission of vibration into the floor.
Even though the wall may be adequate to support the unit, experience
has shown the desirability of supplementary support to reduce the
possibility of vibration being transmitted into the wall and to other parts of
the structure.
Two 1" diameter holes are located near the front of the Magic-Pak HW/
HWC units, on either side of the return-air opening. These holes are
intended to allow a condensate drain tube to exit the return-air duct cavity
whenever a closed return duct and flexible collar are used. These
should not be used to support the unit. The sheet metal in the
cabinet in this area is not heavy enough to act as a support without
distorting and interfering with proper retention of the filter access cover.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-7
Condensate Drain (HWC Models)
Install the plastic drain tube (furnished) over the 5/8" O.D. fitting welded to
the center of the condensate pan. Connect the other end of the drain
tube to the open trap (see Figure 6-2). The plastic drain connection is
provided so that it may be disconnected from the permanent drain tubing
in the building in the event it becomes necessary to remove the cooling
chassis assembly.
The drain line should pitch gradually downward at least 1" per 10 feet of
horizontal run to the open drain trap.
Be certain that the plastic drain tube has free drainage and is not crimped
or flattened at any bend.
Drain Pan
Top of Drain Tube
Must be Below
Bottom of Drain Pan
Alternative Method
To Open Drain Trap
Drain Tube - Pitch 1" for
every 10 ft. (Installer
Supplied)
Return Air Duct
5/8" I.D.
Plastic Tube
(Furnished)
FIGURE 6-2
Open Drain Trap
HWC Drain Installation
Venting
The venting system is an integral part of the appliance. The
venting system must not be modified or added on to.
HW/HWC units are direct vent forced air central furnaces which draw
fresh air from outside through a combustion air opening beneath the vent
into the combustion chamber. The combustion products are then drawn
out of the heat exchanger by an exhaust fan and are forced to the outdoors.
No special provisions are required for supplying combustion air.
The vent outlet must not be altered or extended in any way.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
This appliance should be installed in a location such that the vent system
complies with the National Fuel Gas Code Z223.1 or CAN/CGA-B149.1 &
.2.
INSTALLATION
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
6-8
Special provisions must be made concerning the location of the vent
termination with relation to building air inlets. A building air inlet is considered to be any door, moveable window, gravity fresh air inlet or other
opening where fresh outdoor air can be brought into the building. See
Table 6-2 for the clearances required.
TABLE 6-2
HW/HWC Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Units
Clearance
26, 38HW/HWC
9 Inches
51, 64HW/HWC
12 Inches
The vent system must also terminate at least 3 feet above any forced air
inlet within 10 feet of it.
These clearances do not apply to the combustion air inlet of the appliance
because the combustion air does not enter the air of the building.
Clearance to windows applies to openable windows and not to windows
constructed only of glass with no movable parts such as picture windows.
The vent system must terminate a minimum horizontal distance of 4 feet
away from public walkways, electrical meters, regulators and relief
equipment.
The venting system is designed for proper operation under all weather
conditions and for winds up to 40 m.p.h.
Figure 6-3 shows the required clearances of direct vent to building air
inlets.
9"
Direct Vent Terminal
10,000 - 50,000 Btu/hr
Less than
10'
12
"m
in
in
3' m
12"
in
"m
12
Forced Air Inlet
Direct Vent Terminal
more than 50,000 Btu/hr
Required Clearances for Direct Vent Terminals
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
FIGURE 6-3
Direct Vent
Terminal
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-9
Removal of Unit from Common Venting
System
When an existing furnace is removed from a common venting system
serving other appliances, the venting system is likely to be too large to
properly vent the remaining attached appliances. The following test
should be conducted with each appliance while the other appliances
connected to the common venting system are not in operation.
1. Seal any unused openings in the common venting system.
2. Visually inspect the venting system for proper size and horizontal
pitch and determine there is no blockage or restriction, leakage,
corrosion or other deficiencies which could cause an unsafe condition.
3. Insofar as is practical, close all building doors and windows between
the space in which the appliances remaining connected to the
common venting system are located and other spaces in the building.
Turn on clothes dryers and any appliance not connected to the
common venting system. Turn on exhaust fans, such as range hoods
and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at maximum speed. Do
not operate a summer exhaust fan. Close fireplace dampers.
4. Following the lighting instructions, place the unit being inspected in
operation. Adjust the thermostat so the appliance will operate
continuously.
5. Test for spillage at the draft control relief opening after five minutes of
main burner operation. Use the flame of a match or candle.
6. Follow the preceding steps for each appliance connected to the
common venting system.
7. After it has been determined that each appliance remaining connected to the common venting system properly vents when tested as
outlined above, return doors, windows, exhaust fans, fireplace
dampers and any other fuel burning appliance to their previous
condition of use.
8. If improper venting is observed during any of the above tests, the
common venting system must be corrected. See National Fuel
Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (latest edition) or CAN/CGA B149.1 & .2
Canadian Installation Codes to correct improper operation of
common venting system.
Gas Connections
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
The gas line to the unit should be adequately sized to prevent undue
pressure drop and should never be smaller than the manual valve used.
Consult the local utility or National Fuel Gas Code for complete details on
special requirements in sizing gas piping.
The units supplied for operation with natural gas contain a gas regulator
which must be operated with inlet gas pressures specified on the rating
plate. If gas line pressure exceeds this figure, an additional high pressure
regulator must be installed to reduce this pressure.
INSTALLATION
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
6-10
Units for operation with propane must be converted with a kit supplied by
the manufacturer and require for operation an inlet pressure of 11" W.C.
minimum and 14" W.C. maximum. A regulator is also required on the
propane tank.
When converting a low NOx unit (designated by an L in the model number) to propane, the NOx inserts must be removed. After removing
the burners, remove the screw holding each insert and pull the insert from
the combustion chamber (see Figure 6-4). The screws must be reinstalled in the vest panel after the inserts are removed.
Low NOx Insert
FIGURE 6-4
NOx Insert Removal
WARNING
Never use a flame to check for gas leaks. Explosion
causing injury or death may occur.
WARNING
The furnace must be isolated from the gas supply
piping system by closing the individual manual shutoff
valve during any pressure testing of gas supply piping
system at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psig
or 14" W.C. If the piping system is to be tested at
pressures in excess of 1/2 psig, the furnace and its
individual shutoff valve must be disconnected from the
gas supply piping system. The gas valve supplied with
this furnace is rated at 1/2 psig. Any higher pressure
may rupture the pressure regulator diaphragm which
will cause over firing of the burners and improper
burner operation. This action may produce a high
concentration of carbon monoxide which can result in
asphyxiation.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-11
A manual shutoff valve must be located outside the unit. The use of a
union located upstream of the controls is recommended, between the
controls and the manual shutoff valve. This will facilitate removal of
controls and manifold. See Figure 6-5 for recommended placement of the
union.
Provide a drip leg in the supply piping located exterior to the unit. Piping
must be tight and non-hardening. Pipe compound resistant to propane
must be used.
Manual Shutoff Valve w/ 1/8" NPT
plugged tapping, accessible for
test gauge connection (field-supplied)
Ground Joint Union (field-supplied)
Drip Leg (field-supplied)
Access Panels to
Controls and Burners
Access Panel To Filter
FIGURE 6-5
Gas Supply Piping
Electrical Connections
All wiring must be done in accordance with the National Electrical
Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70 (latest edition); Canadian Electrical
Code Part 1, CSA C22.1 (latest edition); or local codes, where they
prevail. Any alteration of internal wiring will void certification and
warranty.
The rating plate indicates the operating voltage, phase, ampacity, maximum fuse size and minimum voltage. Units must never be installed
where voltage exceeds 10% over the voltage indicated on the rating plate.
Units are factory wired for a 230 volt power supply. If power
supply is 208 volts, it will be necessary to change a wire connection on unit transformer from 240 volt terminal to 208 volt terminal as shown on the wiring diagram.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Failure of the compressor as a result of operation on improper
voltage voids the compressor replacement warranty.
A separate electric line with wire having a temperature rating of 60°C
should be run directly from the main supply panel to the leads in the unit.
Refer to the rating plate located on the unit for proper fuse or breaker size.
Make sure the unit is electrically grounded in accordance with local codes
or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/
NFPA No. 70 (latest edition) for installations in the U.S. or the Canadian
Electrical Code Part 1, CSA C22.1 (latest edition) for installations in
Canada.
INSTALLATION
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
6-12
See Table 6-3 and the Specifications section beginning on page 1-1 for
correct wire ampacity for the cooling chassis required, and size the wire
accordingly.
For HW (heating only units): When sizing wire, keep in mind that
an air conditioning chassis may be added in the future.
TABLE 6-3
Minimum Circuit Ampacity
Clg. Chassis Model
Min. Circuit Ampacity
18A
16
24A
24
30A
27
181
13.3
241
21
301
23.6
122, 123
8.3
182, 183
13.6 Rotary/15.4 Scroll
242, 243
18.6
302, 303
22.4
Thermostat
Install the thermostat according to the directions furnished with it. The
thermostat must be located on an inside wall where it will not be affected
by drafts, sunlight or any other heat producing appliances. Connect the
thermostat wires to the low voltage leads on top of the unit following the
wiring diagram attached to the unit. The heat anticipator setting is 0.50
Amp.
Supply and Return Ducts
Provide ducts sized sufficiently to handle the larger of the air volumes for
heating or cooling provided by the unit.
Connect the supply duct to the top of the unit using canvas connections
or other flexible connections to prevent noise transmission into the duct
system.
The supply duct should have a removable access panel. The
opening should be accessible when the furnace is installed and
should be large enough and located such that the heat exchanger
can be inspected for leaks. The cover must be attached in such a
manner as to prevent air leaks.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
To connect the return duct to the system, use a straight piece of duct 22"
wide by 6" deep. Insert the duct into the return opening in the bottom of
the unit and flange the duct over the existing flanges around the opening
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-13
inside the unit. Make sure that all sides of the duct are flanged over to
permit removal of the cooling chassis if required. Use a flexible connection to attach the remainder of the return duct. The return duct should be
sealed to the unit casing and terminate outside the space containing the
furnace.
Air Filter
All indoor return air must be filtered. A permanent-type filter is furnished
with the unit, located directly behind the access panel. Removing the
panel permits access to the filter.
If an installation is made in which it is more desirable to mount the filter
exterior to the unit, in the return duct work or elsewhere, the permanent
filter can be used or replaced with a disposable filter. If a disposable filter
is used, refer to Table 6-4 when sizing the disposable filter.
TABLE 6-4
Minimum Required Surface Area for Disposable
Filters
Model Number
Filter Area (minimum)
Supplied Filter Size
HWC122, 123
300 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
HWC182, 183
480 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
HWC242, 243
480 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
HWC302, 303
480 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
26 HW
300 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
38 HW
300 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
51 HW
480 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
64 HW
480 square inches
16.5" x 25.5" x .50"
Adjustments - Heating Section
Temperature Rise
At the time of installation, the temperature rise must be adjusted to be
within the range specified on the unit rating plate.
Pressure Regulator
The gas input must not exceed the figures shown on the rating plate. The
unit is equipped for rated inputs with manifold pressures of: 3.5" W.C. for
natural gas and 10.0" W.C. for propane.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
The manifold pressure can be measured by removing the pipe plug in the
automatic gas valve. Connect a water manometer and measure the
pressure.
Only small variations in gas input may be made by adjusting the regulator.
In no case should the final manifold pressure vary more than 0.3"
W.C. for natural gas or 0.7" W.C. for propane.
INSTALLATION
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
6-14
To adjust the regulator, turn the adjusting screw on the regulator clockwise to increase pressure and input or counterclockwise to decrease
pressure and input.
For natural gas installations, check the burner rate by observing the gas
meter (making sure that all other gas appliances are turned off). The test
hand on the meter should be timed for at least one revolution. Note the
number of seconds for one revolution.
BTU/HR
=
INPUT
Cubic Feet Per Revolution
# Seconds Per Revolution
X 3600 X
Heating
Value
Adjustments - Cooling Section (HWC models)
No adjustments are required or should be attempted regarding any of the
components of the cooling chassis. The chassis should be checked to
see that none of the wiring is loose or missing.
Blower
The unit contains a direct-drive, multispeed blower. The proper speeds
have been preset at the factory for heating and cooling. Refer to the
wiring diagram for recommended heating/cooling speeds for specific
models. Direct-drive blower motors are permanently lubricated and do
not require oiling.
Limit Control
A fixed-temperature limit control is provided which will shut off the gas to
the main burners if the unit is overheated for any reason. The control
must not be adjusted or relocated.
High Altitude Adjustments (U.S. Installations)
Ratings shown on the rating plate are for elevations up to 2000 feet. For
elevations above 2000 feet, ratings should be reduced at a rate of 4% for
each 1000 feet above sea level. Refer to the National Fuel Gas Code
Z223.1 (latest edition) for further explanation.
High Altitude Adjustments (Canadian Installations)
High altitude conversions may be made by the manufacturer’s authorized
representative, in accordance with the requirement of the manufacturer,
provincial or territorial authorities having jurisdiction, and in accordance
with the requirements of CAN/CGA B149.1 or B149.2 Installation Code.
A high altitude conversion kit, available from the manufacturer and
approved for this purpose, must be used (see the Accessories section
beginning on page 7-15).
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
INSTALLATION
6-15
Installation and Operation in Extremely Cold
Weather Areas
In areas where extremely cold (below – 20°F) outdoor temperatures can
be expected, some additional installation and operating precautions
should be taken. The following precautions are taken to prevent possible
vent system ice blockage that could result in safety shutdown of the
burners:
1. Adjust to the highest achievable temperature rise within the rise and
static pressure ranges specified on the rating plate. Depending on
specific model, it may be possible to change to a lower heating blower
speed tap to get a higher temperature rise. This also increases
comfort.
2. Make sure there are no leaks of outside air into the return air system.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
3. Keep the outside louver grille as free as possible of any ice that may
form and obstruct the flue outlet.
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-1
Section 7 - Accessories
HW/HWC Accessory Kit Index .............. 7-2
CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit ................................... 7-3
A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit ...................... 7-7
ALVR42 Architectural Louver Facade ............. 7-10
34961A001 Vibration Isolator ...................... 7-12
ALPKT389-2 L.P. Gas Conversion Kit ............. 7-14
AHALT390-1 High Altitude Kit ....................... 7-15
ATIMR466-1 Nuisance Blower Repair Kit ........ 7-17
ADAPT420-2 Chassis Conversion Kit .............. 7-18
Fenwal Triton Ignition Control Kit .................. 7-19
TL109 Burner Tray Kits ................................ 7-20
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
AMUFFKT494-1 Tecumseh “AW” Model
Compressor Sound Reduction Kit ................... 7-21
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-2
Accessories
There are a number of accessories available to increase the performance
or versatility of the Armstrong Magic-Pak HW/HWC units. This section
provides a general description of each.
Note: Complete instructions are packaged with each kit or its
components and accessories. These instructions should
be read carefully prior to installation. The instructions are
intended as a general guide only, for use by qualified
personnel, and do not supersede any national or local
codes in any way.
TABLE 7-1
HW/HWC Accessory Kit Index
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
UNIT MODELS
CA-239
Knocked Down Wall Sleeve Kit*
All HW/HWC Models
A242-1
Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit
All HW/HWC Models
ALVR42
Architectural Extruded Aluminum Louver Facade*
All HW/HWC Models
34961A001
Compressor Vibration Isolator/Spring In Grommet Kit
All HW/HWC Models
ALPKT389-2
L.P. Gas Conversion Kit**
26, 38, 51, 64HW/HWC Models
AHALT390-1
High Altitude Conversion Kit**
26, 38, 51, 64HW/HWC Models
ATIMR466-1
Nuisance Blower Operation Repair Kit
All HW/HWC Series 2 Models
ADAPT420-2
Chassis Conversion Kit
All HW/HWC Models
43110-001
Ignition Control Conversion Kit
All HW/HWC Series 2 Models
TL109A
Burner Tray Assembly Kit
26HW/HWC
TL109B
Burner Tray Assembly Kit
38HW/HWC
TL109C
Burner Tray Assembly Kit
51HW/HWC
TL109D
Burner Tray Assembly Kit
64HW/HWC
AMUFFKT494-1
Tecumseh 'AW' Model Compressor Sound Reduction Kit
HWC182
* Does not apply to 121, 181, 241 and 301 (48" tall series units use sleeve CA241).
** Does not apply to 12, 18, 24 and 30 or 121, 181, 241 and 301 units.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-3
CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit
The CA-239 wall sleeve kit is designed to facilitate the installation of
Magic-Pak units by providing an accurate opening to properly accept a
Magic-Pak unit. During the construction of a building, the wall sleeve
allows for the unit to remain off-site until the construction is completed.
The wall sleeve is comprised of four assemblies (top, bottom and left and
right sides) which assemble easily to form a correctly sized rectangular
box to receive a Magic-Pak unit.
When installed and securely fastened to the supporting wall, the wall
sleeve provides easy access to the finish wall for weather sealing.
The wall sleeve must always be fastened to the supporting wall
and never to the finished wall.
Inspection of Shipment
Upon receipt of equipment, carefully inspect it for possible shipping
damage. If damage is found, it should be noted on the carrier’s freight bill.
Damage claims should be filed with the carrier immediately. Claims of
shortages should be filed with the seller within five days.
Wall Sleeve Assembly
To assemble the wall sleeve, refer to the following directions and Figure 71 on page 7-4.
1. Slide top panel over side panels until retaining clips are engaged in
slotted openings.
2. Place side and top assembly down with the front flange against floor
and slide bottom panel into side panel slip strips until tabs on bottom
panels are locked in place.
3. Attach squaring braces to top and side panels using existing holes.
(Do not remove braces until wall sleeve is secured to building.)
4. Attach the support angles to top and side panels using the #8 x 3/8"
screws provided. Two sets of holes are provided in the panels for
attaching the support angles. The row of holes nearest the front of
sleeve will locate the support angles for 1" spacing and the second
set of holes will locate the angles for 3-3/4" spacing.
5. Wall sleeve must be square in opening before securing sleeve
to building. This is required to assure Magic-Pak unit will slide into
the sleeve.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
6. Caulk all seams where bottom panel joins to side panels including the
front corners of bottom panel and the top of side panel slip joints.
Caulk sealing is best accomplished after the wall sleeve is assembled
but before it is placed in the wall opening.
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-4
TABLE 7-2
CA-239 Parts List
Description
Quantity
Top Panel
1
Bottom Panel
1
Right Side Panel
1
Left Side Panel
1
Squaring Brace
2
1/4" x 3/4" Screw
5
#8 x 3/8" Screw
24
1/4" Flat Washer
5
Side Support Angle
2
Top Support Angle
1
Assembled Wall Sleeve Dimensions: 45" high x 29" wide x 12.5" deep
Top Panel
Support Angle - 8 Holes
Front of
Sleeve
Left Side
Panel
Squaring
Braces
Support Angle - 2 Sides
Bottom Panel
FIGURE 7-1
CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit Assembly
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-5
Wall Sleeve Installation
The wall sleeve can be installed from either the inside or the outside of
the building. In any case, proper considerations must be made for final
weather sealing of the wall sleeve and the Magic-Pak unit.
Whether installing from the inside or outside of a building, the wall sleeve
may be secured to the supporting wall through the top and side support
angles or directly through the wall sleeve side panels. When securing the
wall sleeve directly through the side panels, the top and side angle
supports are often used as “stops” to assure proper alignment before final
securing of the wall sleeve is accomplished.
The top and side support angles can be adjusted to allow the unit to
protrude through the outside of the supporting wall by 1" or 3-3/4" inches.
This will also change the depth that the unit protrudes through the inside
wall. This adjustment is designed to allow for final sealing of the wall
sleeve to various finish types.
The top and side support angles can be removed altogether and the wall
sleeve secured directly through the side panels, provided that the installer
performs a proper alignment of the wall sleeve.
WARNING
The further the wall sleeve is extended past the
finished wall the more difficult it becomes to accomplish final sealing from the inside of the building.
Adequate safety precautions must be considered to
protect personnel.
Whether installing from the inside or the outside of the building, the wall
sleeve should extend at least 3/8" - 1" beyond the finished wall to allow for
proper weather sealing. When installing during wall construction, consideration must be made to allow for final weather sealing to the type of
finish wall that will be constructed later.
Recessed Wall Sleeve Installation
In some applications, the thickness of the wall or architectural design will
dictate that the wall sleeve be recessed in the finished wall. This can be
done, but it is not recommended if the wall opening is required to be the
same size as the wall sleeve opening.
Recessed installation can be done if the wall opening is 2" larger vertically than the wall sleeve. The wall sleeve may then be placed on a sill 2"
higher than the bottom of the finished wall opening.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
The sill must be recessed 3/8" - 1" inside of the outer edge of the wall
sleeve. This permits weather sealing of the bottom edge without plugging
the drain holes in the bottom of the wall sleeve.
The top of the finished wall opening should extend above the top of the
wall sleeve by a dimension equal to or greater than the dimension that the
wall sleeve is recessed.
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-6
Magic-Pak Installation
Before installing the Magic-Pak unit in the wall sleeve, it is important to
consider the possibility of sound and vibration transmission through the
wall. It is recommended that vibration isolation pads be installed evenly
spaced across the outer edge of the bottom panel of the wall sleeve. The
vibration isolator pads should be approximately 4" x 4" x 7/8" and constructed of one piece of cork rubber with pieces of neoprene rubber
adhered to the top and bottom.
Once the wall sleeve is properly secured to the supporting wall and the
vibration isolators are in place, the Magic-Pak unit can be slid into the wall
sleeve. The unit must be slid completely forward so that the outer edges
of the unit touch the inside flanges of the wall sleeve. The unit can then
be secured to the wall sleeve by bolting the top flange of the unit to the
top turned-down flange of the wall sleeve with 1/4" x 3/4" bolts and
washers.
Note: In applications where vibration isolation is of particular importance,
rubber grommets (Armstrong P/N 9015A) can be inserted between
the top flanges.
The wall sleeve alone is not adequate support for the full weight of the
Magic-Pak unit. Additional, field-fabricated support must be provided
between the rear flange of the return opening and the wall sleeve.
The use of vibrator isolator pads is required between the unit and the
support and between the floor and the support.
Please refer to installation instructions and application manual for details
on field-fabricated additional supports.
Weather Sealing
After assembling the wall sleeve, it is recommended that all panel connections and joints be sealed with caulk to prevent water and wind
infiltration into the building.
Once the Magic-Pak is installed and secured to the wall sleeve, it is
important to seal any gaps between the wall sleeve and the unit with
caulk. This includes both sides, top and bottom. Sealing these gaps will
prevent water and wind from leaking into the building between the unit
and wall sleeve.
The outside of the wall sleeve must also be sealed with caulk on all four
sides whether it is installed recessed or protruding.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-7
A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit
The A242-1 wall sleeve adaptor kit is designed to allow for the installation
of current 43" tall HW/HWC units into 48" tall wall sleeves (CA241 wall
sleeve kits). The CA241 wall sleeve kits were designed for use with HW/
HWC121, 181, 241 and 301 units manufactured during the late 1980’s.
The HW/HWC series 1 units were approximately 48" tall.
If replacement of the wall sleeve is not feasible, use of the A-242-1
adaptor kit creates an insulated block-off panel at the top portion of the
CA241 wall sleeve.
The adaptor kit also allows for easy mounting of the HW/HWC unit to the
taller sleeve.
Whenever it is necessary to convert a CA241 wall sleeve to current unit
dimensions, use of the A242-1 adaptor kit is required.
Inspection of Shipment
Upon receipt of equipment, carefully inspect it for possible shipping
damage. If damage is found, it should be noted on the carrier’s freight bill.
Damage claims should be filed with the carrier immediately. Claims of
shortages should be filed with the seller within five days.
Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit Assembly
Once assembled, the A242-1 adaptor kit will form a rectangular box
approximately 4-7/8" tall with approximately 7/8" overlapping the front and
side of the top panel of the HW/HWC unit (see Figure 7-2 on page 7-9).
To assemble the adaptor kit:
1. Set top flanges of side and front panels on the floor or ground so that
they are resting flat. The screw holes through the side flanges of front
panel should align with the pilot holes in side panel.
2. Fasten two #8 x 1/2" screws in each side.
3. Place rear panel against the rear flanges of the side panels. The
screw holes of the rear panel should align with the pilot holes in the
side panel rear flanges.
4. The top and bottom flanges of the rear panel should be facing the
front panel. The five 1/4" pilot holes should be positioned towards the
bottom of the kit and the five oval screw holes should be positioned
towards the top of the kit.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
5. Fasten two #8 x 1/2" screws at each end of the rear panel.
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-8
Attachment to HW/HWC
After assembling the kit, it is ready to be attached to the top of the HW/
HWC unit. To attach the kit to the HW/HWC unit:
1. Remove the two front screws (each side) that fasten the top panel
side flanges to the side panels on each side of the HW/HWC unit.
2. Place the adaptor kit on top of the HW/HWC unit. The five pilot holes
positioned towards the bottom of the kit’s rear panel should align with
the five oval screw holes in the HW/HWC mounting bracket (see
Figure 7-2).
3. Fasten the five 1/4" x 3/4" screws and washers through the unit
mounting bracket to the kit pilot holes.
4. Align the kit side panel oval screw holes to the screw holes in the side
of the HW/HWC unit.
5. Re-fasten the screws that were removed in step 1.
Installing the HW/HWC Unit
After the adaptor kit is fastened to the HW/HWC unit, the unit is ready to
be slid into the wall sleeve.
The top flange of the adaptor kit is designed to overlap the top of the wall
sleeve. The five 1/4" x 3/4" mounting screws included with the wall sleeve
kit can be fastened through the top flange of the kit into the turned-down
flange of the wall sleeve.
The HW/HWC unit must be slid all the way forward so that the outer
edges of the adaptor kit and HW/HWC unit are touching the outer flanges
of the wall sleeve.
The HW/HWC unit and wall sleeve must be weather sealed according to
the wall sleeve kit instructions, unit installation instructions or unit application manual.
For further information on installing HW/HWC units, refer to the Installation section beginning on page 6-1.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-9
TABLE 7-3
A242-1 Parts List
Part
Quantity
Front Panel
1
Rear Panel
1
Right Side Panel
1
Left Side Panel
1
#8 x 1/2" Screw
8
1/4" x 3/4" Screw
5
1/4" Flat Washer
5
(2) #8 x ½" Screws
in each rear corner
Right Side
Rear
(2) #8 x ½" Screws
in each side
Left Side
Front
1/4" x ¾" Screw
¼" Flat Washer
HW/HWC Unit
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Screws that are removed
and reinserted to attach adapter kit
to HW/HWC unit (both sides)
FIGURE 7-2
A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit Assembly
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-10
ALVR42 Architectural Aluminum Louver
Facade
In many applications, architects and installers will choose to use facades
over the front of Magic-Pak units. Often this is done to improve the
appearance of a building. Properly constructed louver facades may also
provide some degree of weather protection and sound deflection.
Louver facades can be designed by engineers and architects and integrated into the building construction by contractors in the field. However
research and testing has shown that many designs may actually diminish
the performance of the Magic-Pak units and in some cases even damage
them.
For these reasons, Armstrong approved the ALVR42 architectural aluminum louver facade kit. The instructions provided with the kit should serve
as a general guide for installation of the kit. For guidelines on designing
louver facades, refer to the Magic-Pak Application Manual (Armstrong
P/N MPA-100).
The ALVR42 is designed to be integrated into the construction of the
finish wall or secured directly to the finish wall. Therefore, actual installation of the louvers will vary depending on the type of finish wall it is
applied to.
The ALVR42 kit is available is many different colors to match finish walls.
Color matching services are also available. For more information concerning color matching, please contact your supplier or Armstrong.
Assembly
The ALVR42 kit consists of two sections of louver fins. The top section is
composed of fins angled approximately 30° upward while the bottom
section consists of fins angled approximately 30° downward (see Figure
7-3). This design allows flue gases and condenser discharge air to be
circulated away from the condenser inlet and burner compartment fresh
air intake.
There is also a sealing gasket between the two louver sections to allow
for separation of inlet and discharge air when the louver is secured
directly to the front of the unit. When the louver is secured away from the
unit, a separation bracket sealed to the unit and then to the louver kit
must be field-fabricated and installed.
The ALVR42 louver is 45" tall to accommodate proper drainage of the unit
and wall sleeve and proper discharge of condenser air and flue gases.
Installation
The ALVR42 is designed to be fastened to the finish wall, support wall or
wall sleeve using field-supplied materials and techniques.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Whenever installing a louver facade of any type, special considerations
must be made for proper drainage and air circulation. The drain holes of
the wall sleeve and the unit must never be obstructed.
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-11
The louver will fit directly against the front of the unit. However, the lower
lip of the unit will protrude into the louver. The louver must be positioned
to accommodate the protruding lower lip.
The louver must be caulk sealed on all four sides and field-supplied
flashing should be installed across the bottom of the louver. This will
prevent water runoff directly onto the finish wall.
28.875"
13.831"
13.831"
.500" x .375" x 28.875"
Polyether Gasket
1.225"
Typ.
1.225"
Typ.
.775"
Typ.
Gasket
45.000"
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
FIGURE 7-3
ALVR Architectural Aluminum Extended Louver
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-12
34961A001 Compressor Vibration Isolator
Kit
The 34961A001 spring/grommet kit is designed to isolate vibrations
common to most compressors away from the base of Magic-Pak units
and building walls.
Some types of wall construction will be especially susceptible to vibration
transmissions. In these instances, installers and building designers must
make special considerations for isolating vibration.
Designing and constructing walls and wall openings in a particular
manner to isolate vibration transmission is the recommended procedure
for dealing with these instances. However, if further vibration isolation is
necessary, the 34961A001 compressor vibration isolator kit should be
used.
For instructions and recommendations on designing and constructing
walls and wall openings, refer to the Magic-Pak Application Manual.
Installation
The Magic-Pak cooling chassis must be removed from the cabinet to
perform the following installation procedures. Refer to the Chassis
Removal section beginning on page 3-4 for instructions on proper chassis
removal.
To install the 34961A001 kit:
1. Remove the factory-installed compressor mounting leg bolts from the
base of the compressor.
2. Lift the compressor of the base of the chassis by inserting a large
screwdriver or pry bar under the belly of the compressor.
3. Support the compressor by sliding a 3/4" to 1-1/4" thick wooden block
or suitable material underneath the compressor belly.
The copper refrigerant tubing connected to the compressor will
have some free movement. However, be careful not to kink or
damage the tubing. Loss of refrigerant or lack of proper unit
performance may result.
4. Remove the factory-installed rubber grommets from the compressor
mounting legs.
5. Install the top rubber spacer in the compressor mounting legs.
6. Insert the bottom rubber spacer into the bottom of the spring and
slide the spring between the upper spacer and chassis base.
7. Insert the metal sleeve through the top of the upper spacer, spring
and lower spacer.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
8. Re-install the bolts removed in step 1.
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-13
Use of spray lubricant or liquid soap will aid in the installation of rubber
parts.
Compressor belly is rounded and can be “rocked” on the belly support. It
is easiest to install one spring grommet at a time. Start with the most
difficult to access compressor mounting leg and work in a crisscross
pattern from back to front.
Compressor mounting bolts should be tightened down so that the metal
sleeve is secured fast to the chassis base and bolt head. Before securing
the final bolt, make sure that the wooden block or material supporting the
belly of the compressor has been removed.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
TABLE 7-4
34961A001 Parts List
Part
Quantity
Upper Rubber Spacer
4
Lower Rubber Spacer
4
Spring
4
Metal Sleeve
4
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-14
ALPKT389-2 L.P. Gas Conversion Kit
The ALPKT389-2 kit contains the following parts to convert the 26, 38, 51
and 64HW/HWC series gas furnace from natural gas to propane gas. For
altitudes from 2000 - 4500 feet, a high altitude kit as supplied by the
manufacturer must be used (see page 7-15).
TABLE 7-5
ALPKT389-2 Parts List
Part
Quantity
Conversion Plate
1
Gas Conversion Label
1
Air Shutter Adjustment Label
1
Installation Instructions
1
Adapter Kit for White-Rodgers 25K Gas Valve
1
#65 Main Burner Orifices
3
#64 Main Burner Orifices
4
#62 Main Burner Orifices
6
Gas Valve Conversion Label
1
Although the equipment is suitable for operation with propane gas (after
the conversion kit has been installed), certain precautions must be
observed because of the distinct burning characteristics of propane gas.
The following problems may be encountered:
TABLE 7-6
ALPKT389-2 Orifices
1. Burning back at the orifices with a loud roar
Model
Propane Orifice Size
26HW/HWC
#65
2. Loud popping upon extinction of the burner
38HW/HWC
#64
3. Flame rollout at the time of the ignition
51HW/HWC
#62
These problems can be caused by:
64HW/HWC
#62
1. Low gas pressure
2. Improper air adjustment
3. Incorrect burning rate
The furnace has a regulator in the gas valve. A regulator is also required
on the propane tank. Another regulator may be required at the house or
the unit.
The minimum permissible gas supply pressure to the furnace is 11" W.C.
for the purpose of input adjustment. The maximum permissible gas
pressure to the gas valve is 14" W.C.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-15
AHALT390-1 High Altitude Kit
The AHALT390-1 kit contains the following parts to convert the 26, 38, 51
and 64HW/HWC series units to high altitude for natural or propane gas. If
the field conversion is for high altitude propane gas, be sure to install the
appropriate gas valve conversion kit (see page 7-14).
TABLE 7-7
AHALT390-1 Parts List
Part
Quantity
Installation Instructions
1
High Altitude Conversion Plate
1
Air Shutter Adjustment Label
1
Burner Orifices #55 (Natural Gas)
3
Burner Orifices #54 (Natural Gas)
5
Burner Orifices #53 (Natural Gas)
6
Burner Orifices #65 (Propane Gas)
3
Burner Orifices #64 (Propane Gas)
4
Burner Orifices #63 (Propane Gas)
6
Regulator - Natural Gas
The minimum permissible gas supply pressure is 5.0" W.C. for purpose of
input adjustment. Gas input must never exceed the input capacity shown
on the rating plate. The furnace is equipped for rated inputs with manifold
pressure of 3.5" W.C. for natural gas. Only small variations in gas input
may be made by adjusting the regulator. In no case should the final
manifold pressure vary more than 0.3" W.C. from the specified pressure.
To check this pressure:
1. Turn off the gas valve.
2. Remove the plug on the valve marked “OUTLET PRESSURE”.
3. Install a water manometer.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Turn gas valve “ON”. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, remove cap
from pressure regulator and turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase
pressure, counterclockwise to reduce pressure. After checking pressure,
turn gas off, remove the manometer fitting and replace the pipe plug and
regulator cap. Put furnace in operation and leak check plug for leaks
using a soapy solution.
Check the furnace rate by observing the gas meter, when available,
making sure all other gas appliances are turned off. The test hand on the
meter should be timed for at least one revolution. Note the number of
seconds for one revolution.
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-16
BTU/HR Cubic Feet Per Revolution x 3600 x Heating
=
INPUT
# Seconds Per Revolution
Value
The heating value of your gas can be obtained from your local utility.
With proper manifold pressure achieved, cycle main burners on and off.
Ignition and extinction should be smooth and quiet. Burning back at the
orifice or flame popping back to the orifice can be corrected by adjusting
the air shutter to soften the flame.
Regulator - Propane
The furnace has a regulator in the gas valve. A regulator is also required
on the propane tank. Another regulator may be required at the house or
the unit.
The minimum permissible gas supply pressure to the furnace is 11" W.C.
for the purpose of input adjustment.
If at any time ignition is slow and the burner does not seem to be operating correctly, check manifold pressure. It should be between 10" to 10.5"
W.C.
The furnace is designed to obtain rated input at 10.0" W.C.
To check this pressure:
1. Turn off the gas valve.
2. Remove the plug on the valve.
3. Install a water manometer.
Turn gas valve “ON”. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, remove cap
from pressure regulator and turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase
pressure, counterclockwise to reduce pressure. After checking pressure,
turn gas off, remove the manometer fitting and replace the pipe plug and
regulator cap. Put furnace in operation and leak check plug for leaks
using a soapy solution.
With proper manifold pressure achieved, cycle main burners on and off.
Ignition and extinction should be smooth and quiet. Burning back at the
orifice or flame popping back to the orifice can be corrected by adjusting
the air shutter to soften the flame.
TABLE 7-8
AHALT390-1 Orifices
High
High
Altitude Altitude
Input
Output
Btuh
Btuh
Model
Size
Normal
Input
Btuh
26HW/HWC
26,000
23,400
18,000
55
65
38HW/HWC
38,000
24,200
27,000
54
64
51HW/HWC
51,000
45,900
36,000
54
63
64HW/HWC
64,000
57,600
45,000
53
63
Orifice Size
Natural Propane
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-17
ATIMR466-1 Short Cycle Protector Kit
The ATIMR466-1 Short Cycle Protector Kit helps guard against compressor failure due to repeated, short interval on/off cycles. It is also referred
to as the Nuisance Blower Operation Repair Kit.
The kit is designed to be used in conjunction with matching air conditioner
or heat pumps for comfort cooling/heating applications as shown in the
Armstrong specification information.
TABLE 7-9
ATIMR466-1 Parts List
Part
Quantity
Time Delay Relay
1
Fastener
1
Wires
3
Installation Instructions
1
Time Delay
Relay
T’stat
Common
Load
Yellow
Blue
Contactor
Coil
C
High Pressure
Cutout
(If Used)
Discharge
Thermostat
(If Used)
Low Voltage Leads
to Contactor Coil
from Thermostat
Y
Discharge
Thermostat
(If Used)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
FIGURE 7-4
ATIMR466-1 Kit Wiring
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-18
ADAPT420-2 Chassis Conversion Kit
The ADAPT420-2 kit was designed to retrofit an HWC122, 182, 242 or
302 chassis onto a cabinet originally equipped with an HWC12, 18, 24 or
30 chassis. This kit cannot be used to replace an HWC181, 241 or 301.
TABLE 7-10
ADAPT420-2 Parts List
Part
Quantity
Installation Instructions
1
Filler Panel
1
Center Rear Panel
(Filter Access Panel Support)
1
Foam Sealing Tape (12 inches)
1
Wiring Diagram Labels
2
When replacing the old chassis, the new chassis must have the same
nominal cooling capacity. If the nominal cooing capacity of the new
chassis is larger than the original, both the appliance internal line voltage
wire and the field wiring must be checked for proper size. The fuse
and/or breaker size must also be checked.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-19
Fenwal Triton Ignition Control Kit
This kit enables the Fenwal “Triton” local sense, one-hour retry, direct
spark ignition (DSI) control to be used as a service parts replacement for
earlier versions of Fenwal DSI controls used on HW/HWC models.
The operation and features of this ignition control differ from the other
types of DSI controls used. These features include:
•
Longer trial for ignition (15 seconds nominal).
•
One-hour retry feature (if main burner operation is not proved after
three trials for ignition, control goes into lockout for one hour, then
automatically initiates another ignition sequence; will repeat as long
as call for heat exists).
•
Senses flame through spark electrode (local flame sense) instead of
through a separate flame sensor (remote flame sense).
•
Diagnostic LED indicates certain ignition and venting system malfunctions (refer to control label for specific diagnostic codes).
•
Includes flame current (FC) test terminals.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
TABLE 7-11
Triton Ignition Control Kit Parts List
Part
Quantity
Fenwal "Triton" 2461D Series Direct Spark Gas
Ignition Control
1
High Voltage Electrode Cable
1
Low Voltage Jumper Wire
(May Be Pre-installed on Ignition Control Terminals)
1
Wiring Label
1
Installation Instructions
1
ACCESSORIES
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
7-20
TL109 Burner Tray Kit
The TL109 Burner Tray Kit is designed for use in HW/HWC’s that were
originally equipped with single port inshot burners. Four kits are available,
one for each natural gas heating input rating as follows:
•
26,000 BTUH (3 main burners)
•
38,000 BTUH (4 main burners)
•
51,000 BTUH (5 main burners)
•
64,000 BTUH (6 main burners)
Each kit includes:
•
An assembled burner tray including manifold, natural gas orifices and
3, 4, 5 or 6 main burners (depending on heating input rating
•
A three-rod combination igniter/sensor
•
Installation instructions
The burner tray assembly included in this kit can be used with either the
Fenwal remote sense ignition control (which uses a separate flame
sensor lead), or the more recent Fenwal local sense ignition control
(which does not use a separate flame sensor lead). When used with the
remote sense ignition control, the three-rod combination igniter/sensor in
the kit effectively makes this a “local sense” system.
Burner Carryover Gap
.025" (+/–.002")
Burners
FIGURE 7-5
TL109 Burner Tray
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
ACCESSORIES
7-21
AMUFFKT494-1 Discharge Muffler Kit
In the event that during operation an unacceptable noise occurs, a muffler
kit (AMUFFKT494-1) may be installed in the discharge line*. The chamber of the muffler acts as a sound-absorbing chamber reducing compressor pulsation noises.
* AMUFFKT494-1 is designed to be used only with HWC182 units.
Discharge Line to
Condenser Coil
Discharge
Muffler
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
FIGURE 7-6
AMUFFKT494-1 Kit Discharge Muffler Installation
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-1
Section 8 - Parts Lists
HWC123, 183, 243, 303-1 .................. 8-2
HWC182, 242-11 ................................ 8-5
HWC122, 242-10 ................................ 8-7
HWC182-9 ........................................ 8-10
HWC242, 302-9 ................................ 8-12
HWC122, 182, 242, 302-8 ................ 8-14
HWC182-6/7 .................................... 8-17
HWC122, 282, 242, 302-5 ................ 8-19
HWC182, 302-4 ................................ 8-22
HWC122, 182, 242, 302-3 ................ 8-25
HWC182-2 ........................................ 8-28
HWC122, 182, 242, 302--1 ............... 8-30
HW-1 ................................................ 8-33
HWA-9 .............................................. 8-35
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
HWC123, 183, 243, 303S-1
(Low Ambient) .................................... 8-37
HWC123, 183, 243, 303H-1
(High Altitude) ................................... 8-40
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-2
HWC3-A-1
REVISED
4-26-99
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC123A-1(*)
38HWC123A-1(*)
38HWC183A-1(*)
51HWC183A-1(*)
64HWC183A-1(*)
38HWC243A-1(*)
51HWC243A-1(*)
64HWC243A-1(*)
51HWC303A-1(*)
64HWC303A-1(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
44987-001
VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
42074-001
MANIFOLD
A
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
11
42074-003
MANIFOLD
A
11
42074-004
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS
A
6
6
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS
A
3
20
44992-001
ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
21
44993-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
24
44990-001
CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
34
41948-001
BURNER
A
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
38
38999D009
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
1
38
38999D011
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D012
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
S38841B001 TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
47
38978B001
52
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC303A-1A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC303A-1(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
1
1
4
4
1
5
4
1
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
40154B007
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B005
SWITCH-ROLLOUTGREEN
+
A
1
57
44819-010
SWITCH-PRESSURE RED
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
A
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-3
HWC3-A-1
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC123A-1(*)
38HWC123A-1(*)
TO SELECT PART #
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
73
34833-001
WHEEL-BLOWER
74
S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING
86
34001D001
CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC
86
34001D004
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC183A-1(*)
51HWC183A-1(*)
64HWC183A-1(*)
38HWC243A-1(*)
51HWC243A-1(*)
64HWC243A-1(*)
51HWC303A-1(*)
64HWC303A-1(*)
64HWC303A-1A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
111 02764B000
BOARD-TERMINAL
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
124 45001-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
125 45002-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127 06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
130 45004-001
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
250 38982B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
250 40649-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
255 38979B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 40648-001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
256 S43271-001
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43271-002
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43271-003
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43375-001
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
1
1
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC303A-1(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-4
HWC3-A-1
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
A
262 39008C001
COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4
A
262 42811-005
COMPRESSOR-ZR24KC-PFV-130
A
262 42811-006
COMPRESSOR-ZR28KC-PFV-130
A
267 41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
267 41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
268 39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
268 39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
1
1
269 03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
1
271 38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
271 38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
276 42725-001
PLUG-COMPRESSOR
+
A
278 07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A
1
1
301 39059B001
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
301 39059B002
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
301 39059B003
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC303A-1(*)
COMPRESSOR-AW501ET-089-A4
51HWC303A-1(*)
1
262 35125C009
64HWC243A-1(*)
1
PART DESCRIPTION
51HWC243A-1(*)
64HWC183A-1(*)
1
REF PART #
38HWC243A-1(*)
51HWC183A-1(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC183A-1(*)
64HWC303A-1(*)
38HWC123A-1(*)
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
26HWC123A-1(*)
64HWC303A-1A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-5
HWC182-242A-11
REVISED
1-20-98
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182A-11(*)
38HWC242A-11(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A-B
1
1
5
39029B001
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A-B
1
1
7
43108-001
VALVE-GAS
+
A-B
1
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A-B
1
1
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A-B
4
4
20
41957-001
ELECTRODE
+
A-B
1
1
21
41583-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A-B
1
1
24
43110-001
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A-B
1
1
34
41948-001
BURNER
A-B
4
4
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-B
1
1
40
S38841B001
TURBULATOR
A-B
4
4
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
+
A-B
1
1
47
38978B001
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A-B
2
2
52
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A-B
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
A-B
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
A-B
1
1
57
43336-010
SWITCH-PRESSURE RED
A-B
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A-B
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
1
1
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-B
1
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-B
3
3
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
A-B
1
1
74
S39010B001
ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING
A-B
1
1
86
S39232D004 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC
A-B
1
1
124
43109-001
A-B
1
1
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC242A-11A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC242A-11(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
+
+
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-6
HWC182-242A-11
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182A-11(*)
38HWC242A-11(*)
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
125
39605B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A-B
1
1
126
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
A-B
1
1
127
06131B055
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A-B
1
1
130
39007D006
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A-B
1
1
250
38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A-B
250
41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A-B
1
255
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A-B
1
256
S43267-002
ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE
A-B
1
256
S43267-003
ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE
A-B
262
35125C009
COMP-AW501ET-089-A4
A-B
262
42811-005
COMP-ZR24KC-PFV-130
A-B
1
267
41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
1
267
41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
268
39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A-B
268
39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A-B
1
269
03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A-B
1
1
271
38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A-B
1
1
276
42725-001
ASSY-COMPRESSOR PLUG
+
A-B
278
07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A-B
38HWC242A-11A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC242A-11(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-7
HWC122-242A-10
REVISED
4-26-99
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC122A-10(*)
38HWC122A-10(*)
38HWC242A-10(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A-B
1
1
1
5
39029B001
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A-B
1
1
1
7
43108-001
VALVE-GAS
+
A-B
1
1
1
11
42074-001
MANIFOLD
A-B
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A-B
1
1
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A-B
4
4
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS
A-B
3
20
41957-001
ELECTRODE
+
A-B
1
1
1
21
41583-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A-B
1
1
1
24
43110-001
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A-B
1
1
1
34
41948-001
BURNER
A-B
3
4
4
38
38999D009
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-B
1
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-B
1
1
40
S38841B001 TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
47
38978B001
52
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC242A-10A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC242A-10(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
REF
PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
A-B
3
4
4
+
A-B
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A-B
2
2
2
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A-B
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
A-B
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A-B
1
1
55
37520B005
SWITCH-ROLLOUT GREEN
+
A-B
1
57
43336-010
SWITCH-PRESSURE RED
A-B
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A-B
1
1
1
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-B
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-8
HWC122-242A-10
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC122A-10(*)
38HWC122A-10(*)
38HWC242A-10(*)
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-B
3
3
3
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
A-B
1
1
1
74
S39010B001
ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING
A-B
1
1
1
86
S39232D001
CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC
+
A-B
1
1
86
S39232D004
CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A-B
124
43109-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A-B
1
1
1
125
39605B001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A-B
1
1
1
126
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
A-B
1
1
1
127
06131B055
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A-B
1
1
1
130
39007-006
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A-B
1
1
1
250
38982B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A-B
1
1
250
38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A-B
255
38979B001
COIL-INDOOR
A-B
255
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A-B
256
S43267-001
ASSEMBLY-CAPILLARY TUBE
A-B
256
S43267-003
ASSEMBLY-CAPILLARY TUBE
A-B
1
262
35136C005
COMPRESSOR-ZR23K1-PFV
A-B
1
262
39008C001
COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4
A-B
267
41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
267
41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
268
39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A-B
268
39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A-B
1
1
269
03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A-B
1
1
38HWC242A-10A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC242A-10(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
REF
PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-9
HWC122-242A-10
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC122A-10(*)
38HWC122A-10(*)
271
38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370VAC
+
A-B
1
1
271
38514D003
CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370VAC
+
A-B
278
07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A-B
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC242A-10A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC242A-10(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
REF
PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
38HWC242A-10(*)
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-10
HWC182-9
REVISED
1-20-98
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182A-9(*)
51HWC182A-9(*)
64HWC182A-9(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A-E
1
1
1
5
39029B002
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A-E
1
1
1
7
39031D001
VALVE-GAS
+
A-C
1
1
1
7
43108-001
VALVE-GAS
+
E
1
1
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A-E
1
1
1
11
42074-003
MANIFOLD
A-E
1
1
11
42074-004
MANIFOLD
A-E
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS
A-E
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A-E
4
5
20
41957-001
ELECTRODE
+
A-E
1
1
1
21
41583-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A-E
1
1
1
24
43110-001
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A-E
1
1
1
34
41948-001
BURNER
A-E
4
5
6
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-E
1
38
38999D011
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-E
38
38999D012
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-E
40
S38841B001 TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
47
38978B001
52
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC182A-9A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC182A-9(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
6
1
1
4
5
6
+
A-E
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A-E
2
2
2
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A-E
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
A-E
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
A-E
1
1
1
57
43336-010
SWITCH-PRESSURE RED
A-E
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A-E
1
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-E
1
1
1
+
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
A-E
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-11
HWC182-9
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182A-9(*)
51HWC182A-9(*)
64HWC182A-9(*)
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-E
1
1
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-E
3
3
3
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
A-E
1
1
1
74
S39010B001
ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING
A-E
1
1
1
86
S39232D004
CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC
A-E
1
1
1
124
43109-001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A-E
1
1
1
125
39605B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A-E
1
1
1
126
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
A-E
1
1
1
127
06131B055
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A-E
1
1
1
130
39007D006
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A-E
1
1
1
250
41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A-E
1
1
1
255
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A-E
1
1
1
256
S39058B002
ASSY-CAP TUBE
A-B
1
1
1
256
S43627-002
ASSY-CAP TUBE
C-E
1
1
1
262
35125C009
COMP-AW201ET-033-A4
A-E
1
1
1
267
41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
A-E
1
1
1
268
39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A-E
1
1
1
269
03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A-E
1
1
1
271
38514D004
CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC
+
A-E
1
1
1
278
07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A-E
1
1
1
64HWC182A-9A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC182A-9(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
+
+
+
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-12
HWC242-302-9
REVISED
1-20-98
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
51HWC242A-9(*)
64HWC242A-9(*)
51HWC302A-9(*)
64HWC302A-9(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
5
39029B002
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
7
43108-001
VALVE-GAS
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
11
42074-003
MANIFOLD
A-B
1
11
42074-004
MANIFOLD
A-B
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS
A-B
6
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A-B
5
20
41957-001
ELECTRODE
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
21
41583-002
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
24
43110-001
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
34
41948-001
BURNER
A-B
5
6
5
6
38
38999D011
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-B
1
38
38999D012
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A-B
40
S38841B001 TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
47
38978B001
52
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC302A-9A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC302A-9(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
1
5
1
1
1
5
6
5
6
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A-B
2
2
2
2
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
A-B
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-B
1
1
1
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A-B
3
3
3
3
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
A-B
1
1
1
1
74
S39010B001 ASSEMBLY -BLOWER HOUSING
A-B
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
A-B
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-13
HWC242-302-9
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
51HWC242A-9(*)
64HWC242A-9(*)
51HWC302A-9(*)
64HWC302A-9(*)
TO SELECT PART #
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A-B
1
1
1
1
39605B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A-B
1
1
1
1
126
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
A-B
1
1
1
1
127
06131B055
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A-B
1
1
1
1
130
39007D006
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A-B
1
1
1
1
250
38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A-B
1
1
250
40649-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A-B
1
1
255
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A-B
255
40648-001
COIL-INDOOR
A-B
1
1
256
S43271-002
ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE
A-B
256
S43280-001
ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE
A-B
1
1
262
42811-005
COMP-ZR24KC-PFV-130
A-B
262
42811-006
COMP-ZR28KC-PFV-130
1
1
267
41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
268
39062B001
269
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC302A-9A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC302A-9(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
86
S39232D004
CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC
124
43109-001
125
+
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
A-B
1
1
1
1
BLADE-FAN
A-B
1
1
1
1
03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A-B
1
1
1
1
271
38514D004
CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
276
42725-001
PLUG-COMPRESSOR
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
278
07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A-B
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-14
HWC-8
REVISED
1-20-98
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC122-8(*)
38HWC122-8(*)
38HWC182-8(*)
51HWC182-8(*)
64HWC182-8(*)
38HWC242-8(*)
51HWC242-8(*)
64HWC242-8(*)
51HWC302-8(*)
64HWC302-8(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
39029B002
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
39031D001
VALVE-GAS
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
42074-001
MANIFOLD
A
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
11
42074-003
MANIFOLD
A
11
42074-004
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52
A
6
6
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53
A
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54
A
3
20
41957-001
ELECTRODE
+
A
21
41583-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
24
41582-002
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
34
41948-001
38
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC302-8A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC302-8(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
4
5
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
A
1
1
BURNER
A
3
38999D009
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D010
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D011
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
1
1
38
38999D012
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
38841B001
TURBULATOR
A
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
47
38978B001
GASKET-FLUE COL END
+
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
52
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B005
SWITCH-ROLLOUT GREEN
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
1
5
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-15
HWC-8
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
51HWC182-8(*)
64HWC182-8(*)
38HWC242-8(*)
51HWC242-8(*)
64HWC242-8(*)
51HWC302-8(*)
64HWC302-8(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC182-8(*)
64HWC302-8(*)
38HWC122-8(*)
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
26HWC122-8(*)
64HWC302-8A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
57
41862-001
SWITCH-PRESS RED
A
57
41862-002
SWITCH-PRESS GREEN
A
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
74
39010B001
ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING
86
39232D001
CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370V
86
39232D004
CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370V
124 42268-001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
125 39605B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
126 39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127 06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .5"
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
128 06132B001
ROD-FILTER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
130 39007D005
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
250 38982B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
250 40649-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
255 38979B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 40648-001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-16
HWC-8
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
51HWC302-8(*)
64HWC302-8(*)
1
256 39058B002
ASSY-CAP TUBE
A
256 39058B003
ASSY-CAP TUBE
A
256 40650-001
ASSY-CAP TUBE
A
1
1
262 35136C001
COMP-ZR28K1-PFV
A
1
1
262 35136C005
COMP-ZR23K1-PFV
A
262 39008C001
COMP-RK147ET-002-A4
A
262 39008C002
COMP-RK233ET-009-A4
A
267 41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
267 41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
268 39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
268 39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
1
1
269 03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
1
1
271 38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
271 38514D003
CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
271 38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
278 07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A
282 40715-001
RELAY-TIME DELAY
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC242-8(*)
1
51HWC242-8(*)
A
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC242-8(*)
38HWC122-8(*)
ASSY-CAP TUBE
64HWC302-8(*)
64HWC182-8(*)
26HWC122-8(*)
256 39058B001
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
51HWC182-8(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
64HWC302-8A
38HWC182-8(*)
REF PART #
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-17
REVISED
1-20-98
HWC-6/7
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182-7(*)
51HWC182-6(*)
64HWC182-6(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
5
39029B001
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A
1
1
1
7
39031D001
VALVE-GAS
+
A
1
1
1
11
38832B002
MANIFOLD-4 CELL
A
1
11
38832B003
MANIFOLD-5 CELL
A
11
38832B004
MANIFOLD-6 CELL
A
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS
A
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A
4
5
20
39050B001
ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
21
41583-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
24
41582-002
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A
1
1
1
34
39006B001
ASSY-BURNER
A
4
5
6
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D011
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D012
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
38841B001
TURBULATOR
A
4
5
6
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
+
A
1
1
1
47
38978B001
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A
2
2
2
52
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
A
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
A
1
1
1
57
41862-001
SWITCH-PRESS RED
A
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A
1
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
1
1
1
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
1
1
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC182-6A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC182-6(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
+
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-18
HWC-6/7
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182-7(*)
51HWC182-6(*)
64HWC182-6(*)
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
3
3
3
73
34833B001
WHEEL BLOWER
A
1
1
1
74
39010B001
ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING
A
1
1
1
86
39232D004
CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC
A
1
1
1
124
40231B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS FEMALE
A
1
1
1
125
39605B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS MALE
A
1
1
1
126
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
A
1
1
1
127
06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A
1
1
1
128
06132B001
ROD-FILTER
A
1
1
1
130
39007D005
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
250
41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
255
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
1
262
35125C009
COMP-AW5517G
A
1
1
1
267
41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
A
1
1
1
268
39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
269
03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
271
38514D004
CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC
+
A
1
1
1
278
07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A
1
1
1
64HWC182-6A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC182-6(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
+
+
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-19
HWC-5
REVISED
1-20-98
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC122-5(*)
38HWC122-5(*)
38HWC182-6(*)
51HWC182-5(*)
64HWC182-5(*)
38HWC242-5(*)
51HWC242-4(*)
64HWC242-4(*)
51HWC302-5(*)
64HWC302-5(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
39029B002
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
39031D001
VALVE-GAS
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
38832B001
MANIFOLD-3 CELL
A
1
11
38832B002
MANIFOLD-4 CELL
A
1
1
11
38832B003
MANIFOLD-5 CELL
A
11
38832B004
MANIFOLD-6 CELL
A
1
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52
A
6
6
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53
A
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54
A
3
20
39050B001
ELECTRODE
+
A
21
41583-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
24
41582-002
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
34
39006B001
38
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC302-5A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC302-5(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
4
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ASSY-BURNER
A
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
38999D009
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D010
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
1
38
38999D011
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D012
ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
38841B001
TURBULATOR
A
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
47
38978B001
GASKET-FLUE COL END
+
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
52
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-20
HWC-5
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
51HWC182-5(*)
64HWC182-5(*)
38HWC242-5(*)
51HWC242-4(*)
64HWC242-4(*)
51HWC302-5(*)
64HWC302-5(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC182-6(*)
64HWC302-5(*)
38HWC122-5(*)
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
26HWC122-5(*)
64HWC302-5A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
57
41862-001
SWITCH-PRESS RED
A
57
41862-002
SWITCH-PRESS GREEN
A
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
74
39010B001
ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING
86
39232D001
CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370V
86
39232D004
CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370V
124 40231B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS FEMALE
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
125 39605B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS MALE
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
126 39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127 06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .5"
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
128 06132B001
ROD-FILTER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
130 39007D005
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
250 38982B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
250 40649-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
255 38979B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 40648-001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-21
HWC-5
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
51HWC302-5(*)
64HWC302-5(*)
1
256 39058B002
ASSY-CAP TUBE
A
256 39058B003
ASSY-CAP TUBE
A
256 40650-001
ASSY-CAP TUBE
A
1
1
262 35136C001
COMP-ZR28K1-PFV
A
1
1
262 35136C005
COMP-ZR23K1-PFV
A
262 39008C001
COMP-RK147ET-002-A4
A
262 39008C002
COMP-RK233ET-009-A4
A
267 41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
267 41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
268 39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
268 39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
1
1
269 03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
1
1
271 38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
271 38514D003
CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
271 38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
278 07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A
282 40715-001
RELAY-TIME DELAY
+
A
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC242-4(*)
1
51HWC242-4(*)
A
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC242-5(*)
38HWC122-5(*)
ASSY-CAP TUBE
64HWC302-5(*)
64HWC182-5(*)
26HWC122-5(*)
256 39058B001
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
51HWC182-5(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
64HWC302-5A
38HWC182-6(*)
REF PART #
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-22
REVISED
1-20-98
HWC-4
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182-4(*)
51HWC182-4(*)
64HWC182-4(*)
51HWC302-4(*)
64HWC302-4(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
5
39029B002
CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
7
39031D001
VALVE-GAS
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
11
38832B002
MANIFOLD
A
1
11
38832B003
MANIFOLD
A
11
38832B004
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS
A
6
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A
4
5
19
39073B001
SENSOR-FLAME
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
20
39050B001
ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
21
39049B001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
1
21
39049B002
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
1
24
39048B001
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
34
39006B001
BURNER END SHOT
A
4
5
6
5
6
38
38999D002
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D003
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D004
HEAT EXCHANGER
40
S38841B001
TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE FRONT
47
38978B001
52
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC182-4A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC182-4(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
4
5
6
5
6
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE SIDE
+
A
2
2
2
2
2
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
57
39089B001
SWITCH-N.O. PRESSURE
A
1
1
1
1
1
63
39005B001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
A
1
1
1
1
1
+
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
A
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-23
HWC-4
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182-4(*)
51HWC182-4(*)
64HWC182-4(*)
51HWC302-4(*)
64HWC302-4(*)
TO SELECT PART #
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
1
1
1
1
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
3
3
3
3
3
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
74
39010B001
HOUSING-BLOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
86
39232D004
CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC
A
1
1
1
1
1
124
40231B001
ASSY-FEMALE RECPT.
A
1
1
1
1
1
125
390650B001
ASSY-MALE RECPT.
A
1
1
1
1
1
126
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
127
06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
128
06132B001
ROD-FILTER
A
1
1
1
1
1
130
39007D003
WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
250
40649-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250
41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
255
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
1
255
40648-001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
256
39058B002
CAP TUBE ASSY-DRIER
A
256
40650-001
CAP TUBE ASSY-DRIER
A
1
1
262
35136C001
COMPRESSOR
A
1
1
262
39008C002
COMPRESSOR
A
267
39044B001
MOTOR 1/4 HP
+
A
1
1
267
39084B001
MOTOR 1/8 HP
+
A
268
39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
268
39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
269
03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
1
1
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC182-4A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC182-4(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP
71
07407B000
72
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-24
HWC-4
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182-4(*)
51HWC182-4(*)
64HWC182-4(*)
271
38514D002
CAPACITOR 25/5 MFD@370VAC
+
A
1
1
1
271
38514D004
CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC
+
A
278
07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A
282
38065A001
RELAY-TIME DELAY
+
A
301
39059B002
DRIER
+
A
301
39059B003
DRIER
+
A
38HWC182-4A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HWC182-4(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC302-4(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
51HWC302-4(*)
REF PART #
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-25
HWC-3
REVISED
1-20-98
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC122-3(*)
38HWC122-3(*)
38HWC182-3(*)
51HWC182-3(*)
64HWC182-3(*)
38HWC242-3(*)
51HWC242-3(*)
64HWC242-3(*)
51HWC302-3(*)
64HWC302-3(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
39029B001
CENTER BLO. CONT.
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
39031D001
VALVE-GAS
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
38832B001
MANIFOLD GAS
A
1
11
38832B002
MANIFOLD GAS
A
1
1
11
38832B003
MANIFOLD GAS
A
11
38832B004
MANIFOLD GAS
A
1
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52
A
6
6
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53
A
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54
A
3
19
39073B001
SENSOR-FLAME
+
A
20
39050B001
ELECTRODE-D.S.I.
+
21
39049B001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
21
39049B002
24
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC302-3A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC302-3(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
4
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
1
39048B001
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A
1
1
34
39006B001
BURNER END SHOT
A
3
38
38999D001
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D002
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D003
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D004
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
38841B001
TURBULATOR
A
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
46
38977B001
GASKET FLUE FRONT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
47
38978B001
GASKET FLUE SIDE
+
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
52
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
54
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-26
HWC-3
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
51HWC242-3(*)
64HWC242-3(*)
51HWC302-3(*)
64HWC302-3(*)
+
38HWC242-3(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
64HWC182-3(*)
REF PART #
51HWC182-3(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC182-3(*)
64HWC302-3(*)
38HWC122-3(*)
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
26HWC122-3(*)
64HWC302-3A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT
57
39086B001
SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE
A
57
39086B002
SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE
A
1
63
39005B001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
+
A
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP
+
A
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP
+
A
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
74
39010B001
HOUSING-BLOWER
86
34001D001
CAPACITOR BLO 4
86
34001D004
CAPACITOR BLO 7.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
124 39366B001
ASSY-FEMALE RECPT.
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
125 39605B001
MALE RECP. ASSY
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
126 39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127 06131B046
FILTER-AIR
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
128 06132B001
ROD-FILTER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
130 39007D002
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
250 38982B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
250 38984B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
255 38979B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 38981B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-27
HWC-3
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
256 39057B001
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
256 39058B001
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
256 39058B002
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
256 39058B003
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
262 35136C001
COMPRESSOR
A
262 35136C005
COMPRESSOR
A
262 39008C001
COMPRESSOR
A
262 39008C002
COMPRESSOR
A
267 39044B001
MOTOR FAN 1/4 HP
+
A
267 39084B001
MOTOR FAN 1/8 HP
+
A
268 39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
268 39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
1
1
269 03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
1
1
271 38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
271 38514D003
CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
271 38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
278 35658B001
CONTACTOR
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
282 38065A001
RELAY-TIME DELAY
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
301 39059B001
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
301 39059B002
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
1
1
301 39059B003
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC302-3(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
51HWC302-3(*)
REF PART #
64HWC242-3(*)
51HWC242-3(*)
38HWC242-3(*)
64HWC182-3(*)
51HWC182-3(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC182-3(*)
64HWC302-3(*)
38HWC122-3(*)
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
26HWC122-3(*)
64HWC302-3A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-28
HWC-2
REVISED
1-20-98
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
TO SELECT PART #
1
39031D001
VALVE-GAS WHITE-RODGERS
+
A
3
39049B001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
1
3
39049B002
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
4
39029B001
CENTER BLO. CONT.
+
A
5
39048B001
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
6
39073B001
SENSOR-FLAME
10
39050B001
16
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC182-2(*)
51HWC182-2(*)
64HWC182-2(*)
64HWC182-2A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
ELECTRODE-D.S.I.
+
A
1
1
1
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
18
36610B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
25
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
1
26
39058B002
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
1
1
1
28
39030B003
ORIFICE #52
A
5
6
28
39030B004
ORIFICE SPUD #53
A
4
33
38999D002
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
33
38999D003
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
33
38999D004
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
35
38841B001
TURBULATOR
A
4
5
6
38
38977B001
GASKET FLUE FRONT
+
A
1
1
1
38
38978B001
GASKET FLUE SIDE
+
A
2
2
2
47
39006B001
BURNER END SHOT
A
4
5
6
48
38832B002
MANIFOLD GAS
A
1
48
38832B003
MANIFOLD GAS
A
48
38832B004
MANIFOLD GAS
A
55
39086B001
SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE
A
1
1
1
56
39005B001
BLOWER I.D.
A
1
1
1
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC182-2(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
+
1
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-29
HWC-2
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
38HWC182-2(*)
51HWC182-2(*)
64HWC182-2(*)
TO SELECT PART #
+
A
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
+
A
1
1
1
34001D004
CAPACITOR BLO 7.5
+
A
1
1
1
80
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP
+
A
1
1
1
81
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
1
1
82
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
3
3
3
83
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
A
1
1
1
84
39010B001
HOUSING-BLOWER
A
1
1
1
96
39007D001
WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
97
06131B046
AIR FILTER
A
1
1
1
98
06132B001
ROD-FILTER
A
1
1
1
250
38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
255
35658B001
CONTACTOR
A
1
1
1
260
39008C002
COMPRESSOR
A
1
1
1
270
38514D002
CAPACITOR 25/5
+
A
1
1
1
272
39044B001
MOTOR FAN 1/4 HP
+
A
1
1
1
273
03982D004
BRACKET MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
279
39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
290
39118B001
MALE RECP. ASSY.
A
1
1
1
328
39059B002
DRIER
+
A
1
1
1
348
38065A001
RELAY-TIME DELAY
+
A
1
1
1
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC182-2A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWC182-2(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
62
37520B004
SWITCH ROLLOUT
69
39366B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS
73
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
74
39113B001
76
+
+
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-30
HWC-1
REVISED
1-20-98
38HWC182-1(*)
51HWC182-1(*)
64HWC182-1(*)
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
3
39049B001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
1
1
1
3
39049B002
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
A
4
39029B001
CENTER BLO. CONT.
+
A
1
1
5
39048B002
CONTROL-IGNITION
+
A
1
6
39073B001
SENSOR-FLAME
+
A
10
39050B001
ELECTRODE-D.S.I.
+
16
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
18
36610B001
TRANSFORMER
25
38979B001
25
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
64HWC302-1(*)
38HWC122-1(*)
VALVE-GAS WHITE-RODGERS
64HWC302-1(*)
51HWC302-1(*)
26HWC122-1(*)
39031D001
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC242-1(*)
SERVICE LEVEL = *
1
64HWC302-1A
51HWC242-1(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38HWC242-1(*)
REF PART #
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
25
38981B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
26
39057B001
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
1
1
26
39058B001
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
26
39057B002
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
26
39057B003
CAP TUBE ASSY
A
28
39030B003
ORIFICE #52
A
5
6
28
39030B004
ORIFICE SPUD #53
A
28
39030B005
ORIFICE SPUD #54
A
3
33
38999D001
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
33
38999D002
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
33
38999D003
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
33
38999D004
HEAT EXCHANGER
A
35
38841B001
TURBULATOR
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
6
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
6
1
1
4
4
5
6
1
4
5
6
1
5
6
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
3
1
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-31
HWC-1
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC122-1(*)
38HWC122-1(*)
38HWC182-1(*)
51HWC182-1(*)
64HWC182-1(*)
38HWC242-1(*)
51HWC242-1(*)
64HWC242-1(*)
51HWC302-1(*)
64HWC302-1(*)
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
38
38977B001
GASKET FLUE FRONT
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
38
38978B001
GASKET FLUE SIDE
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
47
39006B001
BURNER END SHOT
A
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
48
38832B001
MANIFOLD GAS
A
1
48
38832B002
MANIFOLD GAS
A
1
1
48
38832B003
MANIFOLD GAS
A
48
38832B004
MANIFOLD GAS
A
55
39086B001
SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE
A
55
39086B002
SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE
A
1
56
39005B001
BLOWER I.D.
+
A
62
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT
+
69
39366B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS
73
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
74
39113B001
76
64HWC302-1A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC302-1(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
34001D001
CAPACITOR BLO 4
+
A
1
1
76
34001D004
CAPACITOR BLO 7.5
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
80
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP
+
A
80
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
81
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
82
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
83
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
84
39010B001
HOUSING-BLOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
96
39007D001
WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
97
06131B046
FILTER-AIR
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
98
06132B001
ROD-FILTER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-32
HWC-1
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
A
250 38984B001
COIL OUTDOOR
A
255 35658B001
CONTACTOR
A
260 35136C001
COMPRESSOR
A
260 35136C004
COMPRESSOR
A
260 35136C005
COMPRESSOR
A
260 39008C001
COMPRESSOR
A
1
1
270 38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
270 38514D003
CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
270 38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
272 39044B001
MOTOR FAN 1/4 HP
+
A
272 39084B001
MOTOR FAN 1/8 HP
+
A
1
1
273 03982D004
BRACKET MOTOR SUP.
A
1
1
279 39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
279 39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
290 39118B001
MALE RECP. ASSY
A
1
1
328 39059B001
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
328 39059B002
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
328 39059B003
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
348 38065A001
RELAY-TIME DELAY
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC302-1(*)
COIL OUTDOOR
51HWC302-1(*)
250 38983B001
PART DESCRIPTION
64HWC242-1(*)
1
REF PART #
51HWC242-1(*)
1
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC242-1(*)
A
64HWC302-1(*)
64HWC182-1(*)
38HWC122-1(*)
COIL OUTDOOR
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
51HWC182-1(*)
26HWC122-1(*)
250 38982B001
64HWC302-1A
38HWC182-1(*)
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-33
HW-1
REVISED
1-20-98
64HW-1A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
39031D001
VALVE-GAS WHITE-RODGERS
1
3
39049B001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
1
1
3
39049B002
WIRE-ELECTRODE
4
39248B001
CENTER BLO. CONT.
1
5
39048B001
CONTROL-IGNITION
6
39073B001
10
64HW-1(*)
1
51HW-1(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
38HW-1(*)
REF PART #
26HW-1(*)
64HW-1(*)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SENSOR-FLAME
1
1
1
1
39050B001
ELECTRODE-D.S.I.
1
1
1
1
16
01150A008
CONTROL-LIMIT
1
1
1
1
18
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
1
1
1
1
28
39030B003
ORIFICE #52
5
6
28
39030B004
ORIFICE SPUD
28
39030B005
ORIFICE SPUD
3
33
38999D001
HEAT EXCHANGER
1
33
38999D002
HEAT EXCHANGER
33
38999D003
HEAT EXCHANGER
33
38999D004
HEAT EXCHANGER
35
38841B001
TURBULATOR
3
4
5
6
38
38977B001
GASKET FLUE FRONT
1
1
1
1
38
38978B001
GASKET FLUE SIDE
2
2
2
2
47
39006B001
BURNER END SHOT
3
4
5
6
48
38832B001
MANIFOLD GAS
1
48
38832B002
MANIFOLD GAS
48
38832B003
MANIFOLD GAS
48
38832B004
MANIFOLD GAS
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-34
HW-1
REVISED
1-20-98
(cont.)
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
38HW-1(*)
51HW-1(*)
64HW-1(*)
64HW-1(*)
26HW-1(*)
64HW-1A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SWITCH ROLLOUT
1
1
1
1
39366B001
ASSY-WIRE HARNESS
1
1
1
1
73
39080B001
VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF
1
1
1
1
74
39113B001
GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH
1
1
1
1
76
34001D001
CAPACITOR BLO 4
1
1
76
34001D004
CAPACITOR BLO 7.5
1
1
80
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP
80
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP
1
1
81
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
1
1
1
1
82
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
3
3
3
3
83
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
1
1
1
1
84
39010B001
HOUSING-BLOWER
1
1
1
1
96
39247D001
WIRING DIAGRAM
1
1
1
1
97
06131B046
AIR FILTER
1
1
1
1
98
06132B001
ROD-FILTER
1
1
1
1
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
55
39086B001
SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE
55
39086B002
SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE
1
56
39005B001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
62
37520B004
69
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-35
HWA-9
REVISED
4-26-99
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWA-9(*)
38HWA-9(*)
51HWA-9(*)
64HWA-9(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
7
44987-001
VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL
+
A
1
1
1
1
11
42074-001
MANIFOLD
A
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A
11
42074-003
MANIFOLD
A
11
42074-004
MANIFOLD
A
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS
A
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS
A
3
20
44992-001
ELECTRODE
+
A
21
44993-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
24
44990-001
CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER
+
34
41948-001
38
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWA-9A
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
64HWA-9(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
REF
PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
1
1
4
5
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
BURNER
A
3
4
5
6
38999D009
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D011
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D012
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
S38841B001 TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
47
38978B001
52
1
1
1
A
3
4
5
6
+
A
1
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A
2
2
2
2
40154B007
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A
1
1
1
55
37520B005
SWITCH-ROLLOUT GREEN
+
A
1
57
44819-010
SWITCH-PRESSURE RED
A
1
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
A
1
1
1
1
+
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-36
HWA-9
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWA-9(*)
38HWA-9(*)
TO SELECT PART #
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
74
S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING
86
34001D001
CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC
86
34001D004
111
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWA-9A
51HWA-9(*)
64HWA-9(*)
First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- >
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
A
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
02764B000
BOARD-TERMINAL
+
A
1
1
1
1
124
45001-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A
1
1
1
1
127
06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A
1
1
1
1
130
45008-001
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
64HWA-9(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ >
REF
+
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-37
HWC3-S-1
REVISED
4-26-99
26HWC123SA-1(*)
38HWC123SA-1(*)
38HWC183SA-1(*)
51HWC183SA-1(*)
64HWC183SA-1(*)
38HWC243SA-1(*)
51HWC243SA-1(*)
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
44987-001
VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
42074-001
MANIFOLD
A
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
11
42074-003
MANIFOLD
A
11
42074-004
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
1
13
39030B003
ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS
A
6
6
6
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS
A
3
20
44992-001
ELECTRODE
+
A
21
44993-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
24
44990-001
CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER
+
34
41948-001
38
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC303SA-1(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
1
1
64HWC303SA-1(*)
SERVICE LEVEL = *
1
64HWC303SA-1A
51HWC303SA-1(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC243SA-1(*)
REF PART #
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
A
1
1
BURNER
A
3
38999D009
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D011
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D012
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
S38841B001 TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
47
38978B001
52
1
1
4
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
40154B007
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B005
SWITCH-ROLLOUTGREEN
+
A
1
57
44819-010
SWITCH-PRESSURE RED
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-38
HWC3-S-1
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC123SA-1(*)
38HWC123SA-1(*)
TO SELECT PART #
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
74
S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING
86
34001D001
CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC
86
34001D004
38HWC183SA-1(*)
51HWC183SA-1(*)
64HWC183SA-1(*)
38HWC243SA-1(*)
51HWC243SA-1(*)
64HWC243SA-1(*)
51HWC303SA-1(*)
64HWC303SA-1(*)
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
111 02764B000
BOARD-TERMINAL
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
124 45001-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
125 45002-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127 06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
130 45005-001
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
250 38982B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
250 40649-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
255 38979B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 40648-001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
256 S43271-001
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43271-002
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43271-003
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43375-001
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
1
1
64HWC303SA-1A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC303SA-1(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-39
HWC3-S-1
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
A
262 39008C001
COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4
A
262 42811-005
COMPRESSOR-ZR24KC-PFV-130
A
262 42811-006
COMPRESSOR-ZR28KC-PFV-130
A
267 41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
267 41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
268 39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
268 39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
1
1
269 03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
1
271 38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
271 38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
276 42725-001
PLUG-COMPRESSOR
+
A
278 07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A
1
1
1
1
280 07489B007
RELAY-CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
+
A
1
1
1
291 36327B007
SWITCH-CONDENSER FAN
+
A
1
1
301 39059B001
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
301 39059B002
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
301 39059B003
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC303SA-1(*)
COMPRESSOR-AW501ET-089-A4
51HWC303SA-1(*)
1
262 35125C009
64HWC243SA-1(*)
1
PART DESCRIPTION
51HWC243SA-1(*)
64HWC183SA-1(*)
1
REF PART #
38HWC243SA-1(*)
51HWC183SA-1(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC183SA-1(*)
64HWC303SA-1(*)
38HWC123SA-1(*)
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
26HWC123SA-1(*)
64HWC303SA-1A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-40
HWC3-H-1
REVISED
4-26-99
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC123HA-1(*)
38HWC123HA-1(*)
38HWC183HA-1(*)
51HWC183HA-1(*)
64HWC183HA-1(*)
38HWC243HA-1(*)
51HWC243HA-1(*)
64HWC243HA-1(*)
51HWC303HA-1(*)
64HWC303HA-1(*)
TO SELECT PART #
1
39370B001
TRANSFORMER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
44987-001
VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
42074-001
MANIFOLD
A
1
11
42074-002
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
11
42074-003
MANIFOLD
A
11
42074-004
MANIFOLD
A
1
1
1
13
39030B004
ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS
A
6
6
6
13
39030B005
ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS
A
13
39030B011
ORIFICE #55 NATURAL GAS
A
3
20
44992-001
ELECTRODE
+
A
21
44993-001
WIRE-ELECTRODE
+
24
44990-001
CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER
+
34
41948-001
38
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
64HWC303HA-1A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC303HA-1(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
1
1
4
4
5
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
A
1
1
BURNER
A
3
38999D009
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
1
38
38999D010
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D011
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
38
38999D012
ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER
A
40
S38841B001 TURBULATOR
46
38977B001
GASKET-FLUE COVER
47
38978B001
52
1
1
4
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
4
5
6
4
5
6
5
6
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GASKET-FLUE COL. END
+
A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
40154B007
CONTROL-LIMIT
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B004
SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
37520B005
SWITCH-ROLLOUTGREEN
+
A
1
57
44819-010
SWITCH-PRESSURE RED
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
63
41144-001
BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
A
Service Reference Manual
PARTS LISTS
8-41
HWC3-H-1
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
REF PART #
PART DESCRIPTION
REC STOCKING PART
SERVICE LEVEL = *
26HWC123HA-1(*)
38HWC123HA-1(*)
TO SELECT PART #
69
39045B001
MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
1
1
69
39046B001
MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
71
07407B000
BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
1
72
07408B004
ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING
A
73
34833B001
WHEEL-BLOWER
74
S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING
86
34001D001
CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC
86
34001D004
38HWC183HA-1(*)
51HWC183HA-1(*)
64HWC183HA-1(*)
38HWC243HA-1(*)
51HWC243HA-1(*)
64HWC243HA-1(*)
51HWC303HA-1(*)
64HWC303HA-1(*)
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
+
A
1
1
CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
111 02764B000
BOARD-TERMINAL
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
124 45001-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
125 45002-001
ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
127 06131B046
FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50"
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
130 45004-001
LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
250 38982B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 38983B001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
1
250 40649-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
1
1
250 41114-001
COIL-OUTDOOR
A
255 38979B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 38980B001
COIL-INDOOR
A
255 40648-001
COIL-INDOOR
A
1
1
256 S43271-001
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43271-002
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43271-003
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
256 S43375-001
ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER
A
1
1
64HWC303HA-1A
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
64HWC303HA-1(*)
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
+
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PARTS LISTS
MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC
8-42
HWC3-H-1
REVISED
4-26-99
(cont.)
COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4
A
262 42811-005
COMPRESSOR-ZR24KC-PFV-130
A
262 42811-006
COMPRESSOR-ZR28KC-PFV-130
A
267 41254-001
MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
267 41282-001
MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE
+
A
268 39062B001
BLADE-FAN
A
268 39085B001
BLADE-FAN
A
1
1
1
1
1
269 03982D004
BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT
A
1
1
1
1
271 38514D002
CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
271 38514D004
CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC
+
A
1
1
276 42725-001
PLUG-COMPRESSOR
+
A
278 07535C001
CONTACTOR
+
A
1
1
301 39059B001
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
301 39059B002
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
301 39059B003
FILTER-DRIER
+
A
1
1
1
1
1
64HWC303HA-1(*)
262 39008C001
51HWC303HA-1(*)
1
A
64HWC243HA-1(*)
1
COMPRESSOR-AW501ET-089-A4
51HWC243HA-1(*)
1
262 35125C009
38HWC243HA-1(*)
PART DESCRIPTION
64HWC183HA-1(*)
REF PART #
51HWC183HA-1(*)
Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- >
38HWC183HA-1(*)
64HWC303HA-1(*)
38HWC123HA-1(*)
First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ >
26HWC123HA-1(*)
64HWC303HA-1A
SERVICE LEVEL = *
Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level.
REC STOCKING PART
TO SELECT PART #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING
9-1
Section 9 - Troubleshooting/
Performance/
Charge Weights
Troubleshooting ................................... 9-2
Compressor Checkout ................................ 9-2
Capacitor Checkout .................................... 9-6
Performance ........................................ 9-9
Performance Tests (Installed) ...................... 9-9
Performance Tests (Bench Tested) ............. 9-11
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Charge Weights ................................. 9-11
TROUBLESHOOTING
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
9-2
Troubleshooting
Compressor Checkout
The objective of this section is to help in diagnosing compressor problems. It presents a series of tests that should be conducting before a
determination on the condition of the compressor is made. This section
has been organized so that the simplest checks are done first, followed by
the more detailed tests (if necessary).
WARNING
Use extreme caution when performing maintenance or
troubleshooting operations. Electrical shock could
cause personal injury or death.
Initial Testing
If a compressor failure is suspected, several simple checks should be
done initially to make sure that the right course of action is being taken.
The following is a list of items and points that should be looked at before a
determination is made of the condition of the compressor.
•
Is the correct voltage available at the unit? Using a volt/ohm meter,
check the voltage and compare with the voltage specified by the
manufacturer (found on the data plate on the unit). Many compressors are replaced only to find later that there was either no power or
incorrect power available to the unit.
•
Is the contactor closing? Check to make sure that there is 24 volts at
the coil side of the contactor. Check to make sure the points in the
contactor are in good condition. Are they pitted or corroded to the
point where they no longer conduct electricity?
•
Is the capacitor in good condition? Does it have the correct rating for
the application? Using a meter, determine if it still has the correct
capacitance.
•
The last of these initial tests to do is a touch test. This should be
done very carefully as the compressor can become very hot in
certain situations. This information may be helpful if further tests are
needed to determine the condition of the compressor.
Further Testing
Use extreme caution when conducting the following tests. The power
must be turned off before continuing with the testing.
Checking Continuity
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
1. Remove wires from the fusite plug in the compressor, recording the
location of each wire as it is removed. If a wire is misplaced when the
test is complete, serious damage could be done to the compressor.
Service Reference Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING
9-3
2. Set an ohm meter to the lowest possible setting. On a note pad,
write the following: “C to ground”, “S to ground” and “R to ground.”
3. Using the ohm meter, check for continuity between C terminal on the
fusite plug and the case of the compressor (a spot may have to be
cleaned on the compressor to get a good reading.) Record what was
observed on the note pad next to the heading “C to ground”. Do the
same to the other two terminals and record the findings in the proper
places.
4. If any sign of continuity between any of the terminals and ground was
observed, recheck the terminal to confirm that the readings were
correct. Any indication of continuity between any of the terminals and
ground would point to an internal winding being shorted to the
compressor case. This suggests that the compressor has an internal
failure and it would need to be replaced.
5. If no continuity is noted between any of the terminals and ground, the
compressor must be checked out further.
Checking Windings
The following test is used to check the condition of the internal start and
run windings.
1. Write the following down: “C to S”, “C to R” and “S to R.”
2. Using the volt/ohmmeter, measure the resistance between terminals
C and S. Record the findings on the note pad in the correct place.
Measure and record the resistance between the remaining terminals
in the same manner.
The following examples show how this information can be used to determine if there is an internal failure.
Example #1
C to S (Common through Start Windings)
3.5 ohms
C to R (Common through Run Windings)
1.5 ohms
S to R (Start Windings through Common and Run Windings)
5.0 ohms
A resistance measurement between C to S shows that there is continuity
between the common and start terminals. The reading between terminals
C and R proves that there is continuity between the terminals through the
windings. The resistance recorded between S and R is actually a reading
of the entire circuit within the motor (S through C to R).
A determination of the condition of the motor windings can be made with
the information just collected. The following steps show how this is done.
1. Add the readings from “C to S” and “C to R.”
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
C to S (3.5 ohms) + C to R (1.5 ohms) = 5 ohms
TROUBLESHOOTING
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
9-4
When the resistance of “C to S” is added to the resistance of “C to R”,
the combination is the total resistance of the entire motor windings
circuit.
2. Compare the total to the reading taken between “S to R.” If the
windings are in good condition, the sum of “C to S” and “C to R”
should be the same as the reading between “S to R” (S through C to
R). (In this example, they are equal.)
If the numbers are the same, this suggests that the windings are intact
and that there are no internal shorts between the start and run windings.
Example #2
In the following example, the measurements taken provide different
results from the earlier example. These results would indicate that there
is a problem with the compressor.
C to S (Common through Start Windings)
3.5 ohms
C to R (Common through Run Windings)
1.5 ohms
S to R (Start Windings through Common and Run Windings)
4.3 ohms
Using the procedure followed in Example #1:
C to S (3.5 ohms) + C to R (1.5 ohms) = 5 ohms
In this example, the actual reading of “S to R” is 4.3 ohms. In comparing
the readings taken, the resistance measured between “S to R” (the
resistance of the entire motor windings circuit) is not equal to the sum of
“C to S” and “C to R.”
A short between the windings of the start and run coils would reduce the
length of the wire being measured and would result in less resistance
between the two points. Instead of measuring the resistance from “S to C
to R”, the resistance is actually being measured through an internal short
in the windings to the R terminal, bypassing the C terminal. This results
in a lower resistance reading and indicates that the compressor has failed
and the windings are shorted.
Checking the Thermal Overload Device
If during the time that resistance was being checked in the previous test
infinity was ever registered (meter indicated no continuity), the assumption could be made that there is an open winding (or a break in the wires
of the winding). This may indicate that the windings had burned out and
that the compressor had failed.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
In the motor windings there is a thermal overload device. This device is
designed to open if the internal temperature of the windings exceed a
preset limit. Since the resistance reading of a winding where the thermal
overload device has opened would show no resistance, the assumption
would most likely be made that the winding was burned out. This is
where the temperature of the compressor as noted in the touch test
becomes very important. If at the time of the touch test the compressor
was found to be very hot, then there is a good chance that the thermal
Service Reference Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING
9-5
overload protector has opened. Before the compressor can be condemned as having a burned out start or run winding, it must be determined that the overload switch is in fact closed. It may take several hours
for the compressor to cool down enough to guarantee that the switch has
closed. After enough time has elapsed for the switch to close, the resistance between each of the terminals should be measured. It may be
found that with the overload switch closed, the compressor checks out
electrically sound. If this is the case, then other possibilities have to be
looked at as to what caused the compressor to overheat.*
There are several reasons why a compressor would overheat.
•
If the capacitor was incorrect or failing, the amp draw (current flow)
would be increased. This could cause the motor to heat up very
rapidly, activating the thermal overload protection device. This would
interrupt power and protect the motor windings from damage.
•
A loss of charge could also cause the operating temperature of the
compressor to rise and open the thermal overload switch.
•
Restricted airflow through the coil could also cause the operating
temperature of the unit to rise.
It is important to perform these checks before making a decision as to the
condition of the compressor.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
*
An open thermal overload device in a motor does not mean that the
motor was damaged or harmed in any way.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
9-6
Capacitor Checkout
Before starting the checkout of the capacitor, it is important to understand
what a capacitor is, how it works and what its function is in relation to a
motor.
A capacitor is a storage device similar to a battery, only unlike a battery
a capacitor wants to give up its energy all at once. This ability to store and
release energy is used to make motors run more efficiently, with more
power in a smaller size and to start easier. There are many types of
capacitors but they all serve one common purpose, to store electrons.
Capacitance refers to the capacitor’s ability to store electrons. Different
size capacitors hold different amounts of charge.
Capacitance is measured in farads. A 1-farad capacitor connected to a
1-volt power supply will store 6,280,000,000,000,000,000, or (6.28 x 10 to
the 18th power) electrons. Most capacitors store a much smaller quantity
of electrons. Smaller capacitors have different terms to indicate the
quantity of electrons that they can store. A picofarad is one trillionth of a
farad; a microfarad is one millionth of a farad. The microfarad is the
term most often used in the HVAC business, this is marked on a capacitor
as “MFD”.
The capacitor that is most often used in the HVAC business is known as
an electrolytic capacitor. The electrolytic capacitor is unique in that a
thin layer of oxide is formed on the aluminum sheets used to make up its
internal parts. The electrons that are supplied to the capacitor are stored
in this layer of oxide. But by doing this, nature is being forced to do
something that it doesn’t want to do. Nature likes to be in equilibrium. The
fact that nature prefers to return to a steady state is the idea behind the
use of capacitors. By storing a fixed amount of energy in the capacitor, it
provides the reserve of extra power needed to start and run a motor.
Without this energy source, motors would have to be much bigger and
more complex.
WARNING
A capacitor can store a charge for a considerable
length of time after the power has been turned off.
This charge can be very dangerous. An electrolytic
capacitor charged with only 10 or 15 volts can melt
the tip of the end of a screwdriver when placed
across the terminals. A high voltage capacitor can
store a charge that could be lethal. Never touch the
terminals of a capacitor without first discharging it.
Capacitor Testing
Capacitors are an integral part of the system and must be checked along
with the motor when a problem occurs.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Check to make sure that the capacitor is correctly rated for the application. Confirm that the right capacitor is being used for the application.
Service Reference Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING
9-7
The following information is found on a capacitor: the MFD (microfarad
rating) and the working voltage. Compare this to the rating plate on the
motor or the information provided with the unit.
The following are some of the problems that could be caused by a
defective or incorrect capacitor:
•
Motor overheating (internal thermal overload tripped)
•
Motor refuses to start
•
Intermittent problems with blown fuses or breaker tripped
•
High electrical consumption
•
Motor rotates in the wrong direction
•
Contactor overheating or melted contacts
•
Motor vibration
Any one of the above faults could be attributed to the capacitor. Therefore, the capacitor must be checked out before a determination is made of
the problem.
In the past, the old method of swinging the meter needle to tell if the
capacitor was good or not could be used. When the terminal of the
capacitor was touched with the meter probes, the meter needle would
swing over than back to zero. If it didn’t, it could be assumed that the
capacitor had failed. There are many problems with this technique.
Swinging the meter needle only proves that the capacitor will take a
charge, but not how much of a charge. In some cases, when a capacitor
starts to break down it still will take a charge (but the number of electrons
that it can hold is greatly reduced). The capacitor must take the correct
charge as originally designed so that the motor will work as it should. A
much more accurate method must be used to determine the condition of
the capacitor before the decision on its condition can be made.
The best method is to use a meter that is capable of reading capacitance.
This gives a very accurate indication of the condition of the capacitor. If a
meter that is able to do this is not available, then another way to determine the condition of the capacitor must be found.
In order to do this, several things will be needed: a volt ohm meter, an
amp meter and a calculator. A set of test leads will also need to prepared
to do this test. Make the test leads with a loop (10 loops) in one of the
leads. The ten loops in the lead will cause the amp meter reading to be
multiplied by “ten”. This will make it much easier to read very low amp
meter readings and will be helpful when doing the following test.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Connect the alligator clips of the test leads to the terminals on the capacitor. Hook the amp meter through the 10 loops of wire on the test lead
(see Figure 9-1 on page 9-8).
TROUBLESHOOTING
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
9-8
Ammeter
(10 Loops)
A
Fuse
Nominal
Voltage
Source
FIGURE 9-1
Voltmeter
V
Capacitor
To Be Tested
Determining Capacitance (MFD) Rating with a Test
Cord
Before starting the test, take a reading of the line voltage at the outlet that
will be used.
Double check the connections, making sure that the amp meter is on.
Plug the test leads into the wall outlet. Wait a few seconds and read the
amp meter (CAUTION: there is only approximately ten seconds to do this
or the capacitor could be damaged). Unplug the jumper and record the
readings.
Using the calculator, divide the amp meter reading by ten (the number of
loops in one of the test leads). This is the correct amp reading which is
needed to finish the calculations. This information and the voltage at the
outlet is all that is needed to calculate the capacitance of the capacitor.
2650 x Amps
Volts
= Capacitance (MFD)
In the following calculation, a constant multiplier (2650) is used for 60 Hz
electrical systems.*
2650 x 1 Amp
115 Volts
= 23 MFD
Example
This calculation provides the actual capacitance of the capacitor. Compare this reading to the listed rating on the capacitor. It should be within
+/– 10% of the actual capacitor rating. If it does not fall within this range,
the capacitor is defective and should be replaced.
The capacitor should always be checked before replacing an electric
motor. Eliminate the capacitor as a possible cause of the problems
before the decision is made to replace the motor. A good practice is also
to replace the capacitor whenever a motor is replaced, as the capacitor
does have a service life cycle. The capacitor is a very important part of
the motor electrical system. Always check the capacitor along with the
motor when a fault is noted.
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
*For 50 Hz electrical systems, use 3180 as the constant multiplier.
Service Reference Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING
9-9
Performance
Performance Checkout
HW/HWC chassis come with a pre-charged chassis assembly. The
chassis assembly is designed in a way that the unit may be run independently of the HWC unit. When the chassis is run on a floor or bench, the
performance measurements will be affected due to the change in static
pressures, recirculated air, excessive temperatures and equal ambient
temperatures from indoor to outdoor.
Two sets of tables are provided in this section to address these issues.
Tables 9-1 to 9-4 are to be used when the chassis is still installed in the
complete unit. Tables 9-5 and 9-6 are to be used when the chassis is run
independently outside of the unit.
Note: Pressures may vary +/– 10 psi. Temperatures may vary =/– 2-3°F.
Performance Tests (Chassis Installed in Unit)
TABLE 9-1
HWC122 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
95°
85°
105°
115°
Total
Enter.
Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid
Air Vol.
DB/WB
Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp.
(CFM)
400
81
49
87
82
49
97
84
50
107
85
51
117
83
54
87
84
50
97
86
51
107
87
52
117
75°/63° 450
500
85
60
87
86
52
97
88
52
107
89
53
117
400
87
63
87
88
53
97
89
53
107
91
54
117
88
68
88
90
58
97
91
54
107
93
55
117
80°/67° 450
90
73
88
92
63
97
93
57
107
95
56
117
500
92
74
88
93
64
97
94
56
108
96
57
117
400
85°/71° 450
94
79
88
95
71
97
96
62
108
98
58
117
96
84
88
97
74
97
98
65
108
100
59
117
500
Based on a normally installed cooling chassis
TABLE 9-2
HWC182 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
95°
85°
105°
115°
Total
Enter.
Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid
Air Vol.
DB/WB
Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp.
(CFM)
75°/63°
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
80°/67°
85°/71°
550
600
650
550
600
650
550
600
650
80
82
84
86
87
99
91
93
95
49
54
59
62
67
72
73
78
83
96
96
96
98
98
98
99
99
99
Based on a normally installed cooling chassis
81
83
85
88
89
91
93
95
97
48
50
52
53
58
62
64
70
74
106
106
106
106
107
107
107
108
108
84
86
88
90
91
93
95
97
99
50
51
52
54
54
57
56
63
66
114
114
114
115
116
116
116
117
117
86
88
90
92
94
95
97
99
101
51
52
54
55
56
56
58
59
60
123
123
124
124
125
125
125
126
126
TROUBLESHOOTING
Magic-Pak: HW/HWC
9-10
Performance Tests (Chassis Installed in Unit) - cont.
TABLE 9-3
HWC242 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
95°
85°
105°
115°
Total
Enter.
Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid
Air Vol.
DB/WB
Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp.
(CFM)
700
77
47
98
78
46
108
79
47
117
80
48
128
79
52
98
80
47
108
81
48
117
82
49
128
75°/63° 800
900
81
57
99
82
50
109
83
49
118
84
50
128
700
82
60
99
83
51
109
85
50
118
86
51
128
84
65
100
85
56
109
87
52
119
88
52
129
80°/67° 800
86
70
100
87
60
110
89
55
119
90
53
129
900
87
71
100
88
61
110
89
53
119
90
54
129
700
85°/71° 800
89
76
101
90
68
110
91
59
120
92
55
130
91
81
101
92
71
110
93
62
120
94
56
130
900
Based on a normally installed cooling chassis
TABLE 9-4
HWC302 Performance Test (Chassis Installed)
Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil
85°
95°
105°
115°
Total
Enter.
Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid
Air Vol.
DB/WB
Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp.
(CFM)
775
76
46
100
77
46
110
78
46
120
79
47
129
78
51
100
79
47
110
80
48
120
81
48
129
75°/63° 850
925
80
57
100
81
49
111
82
49
120
83
50
130
775
82
60
102
84
51
111
85
51
121
87
52
131
84
65
102
85
56
112
87
52
121
88
53
131
80°/67° 850
85
70
102
87
60
112
88
54
121
89
53
131
925
89
72
103
90
63
112
92
55
122
93
55
132
775
85°/71° 850
91
77
104
92
69
113
94
61
123
95
57
133
93
82
104
94
72
113
96
64
123
97
58
133
925
Based on a normally installed cooling chassis
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
Service Reference Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING
9-11
Performance Tests (Chassis Bench Tested)
TABLE 9-5
70 - 80° Ambient Temperature Chassis Bench Test
Chassis
Model
Ambient
Temp.
DB/WB
Disch.
Pressure
Disch.
Temp.
Liquid
Pressure
Liquid
Temp.
Suction
Pressure
Suction
Temp.
Total
Amps
Comp.
SH
Subcooling
122, 123
75°/63°
175 psi
120°
170 psi
78°
78 psi
53°
5.0
7
13
182, 183
75°/63°
200 psi
107°
190 psi
80°
82 psi
54°
8.3
5
18
242, 243
75°/63°
205 psi
99°
200 psi
81°
71 psi
50°
10.7
8
21
302, 303
75°/63°
205 psi
153°
200 psi
84°
70 psi
62°
13.5
21
18
TABLE 9-6
95° Ambient Temperature Chassis Bench Test
Chassis
Model
Ambient
Temp.
DB/WB
Disch.
Pressure
Disch.
Temp.
Liquid
Pressure
Liquid
Temp.
Suction
Pressure
Suction
Temp.
Total
Amps
Comp.
SH
Subcooling
122, 123
95°/79°
270 psi
154°
270 psi
99°
110 psi
83°
6.0
18
25
182, 183
95°/79°
310 psi
141°
305 psi
106°
110 psi
68°
10.2
3
25
242, 243
95°/79°
325 psi
153°
310 psi
114°
101 psi
69°
14.2
9
19
302, 303
95°/79°
305 psi
177°
300 psi
105°
88 psi
86°
16.4
32
25
Charge Weights
SRM-HW/HWC 8/99
TABLE 9-7
HWC Refrigerant Charge Weights
Model
Refrigerant Charge
HWC122/123
42 oz.
HWC182/183
56 oz.
HWC242/243
58 oz.
HWC302/303
59 oz.
Download PDF

advertising